Source Inspection Quality Management Plan Sixth Street Viaduct Replacement Project City Project ID: BRLSZD-5006 (839) Caltrans EA No. 07-251204 07-LA-101-0.2S Prepared for: Caltrans Materials Engineering and Testing Services (METS) Attention: Caltrans Oversight Structural Material Representative (OSMR) December 13, 2017 FINAL REV 3A Prepared by: City of Department of Public Works

Bureau of Engineering (BOE)

Bureau of Contract Administration (BCA).

6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works Revision Log Rev./Date Description Initial R1/10-06-15 Minor edits; re-compile Appendix H KC R2/02-26-16 Document-wide updates for Foundation Package KC R3/04-28-17 Updated personnel, orgchart, and Appendices H & K FT R3A/12-13-17 Updated personnel, orgchart, and Appendices G, H, & K; FT minor changes KC

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (839) 12/13/2017 EA: 07-251204 2 FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works Table of Contents 1 Project General Description ...... 7 1.1 Project Planned/Anticipated Dates ...... 7 1.2 Project Technical Specifications and Plans Editions ...... 7 1.3 Project Funding Summary ...... 8 1.4 Project Related Documents ...... 9 1.5 Project Scope of Work ...... 9 1.5.1 Number and Type of Structures ...... 10 1.5.2 Engineer’s Estimate ...... 10 1.5.3 Project Limits ...... 10 1.6 Project Staging and Phases ...... 12 1.7 CITY Project Construction Management and Inspection Team ...... 12 1.8 Project Construction Management Consultant Information...... 14 1.9 Project Prime Contractor / General Contractor Information ...... 14 2 Materials Management...... 15 2.1 Agency Key Positions (Roles & Responsibility) ...... 15 2.1.1 Contractor Qualification ...... 16 2.1.2 Contractor Quality Control Plan ...... 16 2.2 Verification Shop (Source) Inspection and Documentation ...... 16 2.2.1 Procedures to Identify Materials for Shop (Source) Inspection...... 16 2.2.2 Authorized Materials and Audited Facilities List ...... 16 2.2.3 List of Materials in the State Highway System Right-Of-Way (R/W) ...... 17 2.2.4 Frequency of Shop (Source) Inspection ...... 17 2.2.5 Specialty Materials / Proprietary Systems ...... 17 2.2.6 Out of Right of Way Materials ...... 17 2.2.7 Project Materials Management ...... 18 2.2.7.1 Shop (Source) Inspected Materials ...... 18 2.2.7.2 Field Inspected Materials ...... 18 2.2.7.3 Electrical Materials Inspection: ...... 18 2.2.8 Documentation ...... 18 2.2.8.1 Quality Assurance Inspection Forms ...... 18 2.2.8.2 Review and Distribution of the QA Inspection Reports ...... 18

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (839) 12/13/2017 EA: 07-251204 3 FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

2.2.8.3 Material Acceptance ...... 19 2.2.8.4 Inspection Report Filing ...... 19 2.3 Verification Lab Testing and Documentation ...... 19 2.3.1 Verification Lab Qualification ...... 19 2.3.2 List of Verification Tests and Frequencies ...... 19 2.3.3 Verification Material Filling System ...... 19 2.3.4 Example forms for QA Sampling and Reporting ...... 19 2.3.5 QA Verification Personnel and Laboratory Conflict of Interest ...... 20 2.4 Contractor Quality Control Plans (QCP) and Quality Work Plans (QWP) ...... 20 2.4.1 Responsibility for Review...... 20 2.4.2 Documentation of Reviews and Addendums ...... 20 2.4.3 Filing of Reviews and Addendums ...... 20 2.4.4 Pre-operation Meeting Requirements ...... 20 2.4.5 Review of Shop Drawings, CCOs, and RFIs ...... 21 2.5 Issue Resolution ...... 21 2.5.1 Notice of Non-Compliance (NNC) ...... 21 2.5.2 Instances Requiring NNC ...... 22 2.5.2.1 NNC on Products/Materials...... 22 2.5.2.2 NNC on QC Personnel/Process ...... 22 2.5.3 NNC Procedure Details...... 22 2.5.4 NNC Resolutions ...... 23 2.5.5 Procedures for Handling Disagreements ...... 23 3 Reporting QA Verification Documentation to Caltrans IQA ...... 24 3.1 Monthly Summary Report ...... 24 3.2 Contract Acceptance and Close-Out Procedures ...... 24 Appendices ...... 25 Appendix A- Project Cooperative Agreement ...... A1 Appendix B- General Material List ...... B1 Appendix C- Project Organizational Chart ...... C1 Appendix D- Personnel Qualifications ...... D1 Appendix E- List of Acronyms ...... E1 Appendix F- Inspection Material List (Tier List) ...... F1

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (839) 12/13/2017 EA: 07-251204 4 FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Appendix G- QA Verification Test Frequency ...... G1 Appendix H- CITY QA Inspection Forms ...... H1 Appendix I- QA Verification Laboratory Qualifications ...... I1 Appendix J- Maintenance Cooperative Agreement ...... J1 Appendix K- QA Procedures for Key Materials ...... K1 Appendix L – Contractor’s Quality Control Plan (CQCP) ...... 25

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (839) 12/13/2017 EA: 07-251204 5 FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

This project is procured and will be delivered based on the Construction Manager/General Contractor (CMGC) delivery method. This QMP is developed based on 90% Design Documents. This plan will be updated as the design progresses to its final stages. A revised QMP will be submitted at 100% Design Documents stage and when the Construction Documents are finalized. The QA acceptance testing (AT) in this management plan follows Caltrans approved City of Los Angeles Quality Assurance Plan (CITY QAP).

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (839) 12/13/2017 EA: 07-251204 6 FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works 1 Project General Description This project will demolish and replace the existing 3,500 feet long Sixth Street Viaduct, which spans over the , railroad corridors, adjacent industrial properties and the 101 Freeway. Funding is primarily from the Federal Highway Bridge Program with matching funds from the State Proposition 1B Seismic Safety Retrofit program. Constructed in 1932, the concrete structure is deteriorating due to alkali-silica reaction (ASR), resulting in reduced capacity to withstand earthquakes. City Council approved the Environmental Impact Report (EIR) on 11/18/2011 and the Record of Decision (ROD) was approved by Caltrans/FHWA on 12/21/2011 to replace the existing Sixth Street Viaduct with a modern iconic structure, along a new alignment.

HNTB's "ribbon of arches" design was selected through an international design competition, The City Council granted approval to utilize the CMGC project delivery method and the selected CMGC contractor is Skanska, Stacy & Witbeck, Joint Venture (SSW). Consultant Program Manager is CH2M Hill. Table 1 summarizes project general information.

Table 1: Project General Information Project Description: 6th Street Viaduct Bridge Replacement Implementing Agency Name: City of Los Angeles (CITY) CITY Project Manager (PM): Ms. Julie Allen CITY Project Numbers: BRLSZD-5006 (839) Caltrans Project Number: 07-251204 Project Route: Crossing Route 101 at PM S 0.2

1.1 Project Planned/Anticipated Dates Table 2 summarizes project planned and anticipated dates for construction.

Table 2: Project Planned/Anticipated Dates Project Advertise Date: April 2013 Project Award Date: May 2013 Anticipated Start of Construction Date: September 2015 Anticipated Completion of Construction Date: September 2020

1.2 Project Technical Specifications and Plans Editions Table 3 summarizes project technical specifications and plans edition.

Table 3: Project Specifications and Plans Editions Scope of Work Work within State right of way Work outside of State right of way Technical Standard Specifications dated 2011 Brown Book, the 2009 Standard 2010 and the Standard Plans dated 2010 of Specifications for Public Works the State of Department of Construction, the Standard Plans of the City Transportation of Los Angeles Administrative Based on the negotiated price between the City and the Contractor as described in the General Conditions and General Requirements

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (839) 12/13/2017 EA: 07-251204 7 FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Work within State right of way is applicable to all work within the State of California Department of Transportation right-of-way, with the following inclusions and exclusions: Inclusions 1. Viaduct structure in its entirety 2. All ramp structures in this Task Order Package 3. All stair structures in this Task Order Package 4. All wall structures in this Task Order Package 5. All falsework in this Task Order Package Exclusions 1. Drainage inlet filter inserts on the viaduct structure and approach roadway 2. Catch basin opening screen cover on viaduct approach roadway 3. Electrical systems on the viaduct

Work outside State right of way is applicable to all work outside of the State of California Department of Transportation right-of-way, with the following inclusions and exclusions: Inclusions 1. Drainage inlet filter inserts on the viaduct structure and approach roadway 2. Catch basin opening screen cover on viaduct approach roadway 3. Electrical systems on the viaduct Exclusions 1. Viaduct structure 2. Drainage inlet grates on the approach roadway 3. Ramp structures 4. Stairs 5. Walls 6. Falsework

1.3 Project Funding Summary The funding source for the project consists of 89% Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) and 11% State funding (STATE). Table 4 summarizes the project funding. The project uses federal-aid funding source and Buy America requirements are enforced.

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (839) 12/13/2017 EA: 07-251204 8 FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Table 4: Project Funding Summary Funding Source FEDERAL STATE LOCAL LOCAL LOCAL LOCAL LOCAL STATE Project Budget Other Phase HBP Prop. Meas Prop Prop CIEP MICLA State Funds 1B R C G Funds PE Phase $42,165,866 $35.9M $2.0M $1.7M $1.6M $0.8M $0.2M Subtotal ROW Phase Subtotal $116,842,441 $116.8M HBP Eligible Construction $260,256,493 $230.4M $29.2M $0.5M Phase Subtotal Total HBP Eligible $419,264,800 $383.8M $29.2M $2.0M $1.7M $1.6M $0.8M $0.5M $0.2M Project Budget City Funding for Eligible and $25,316,355 $1.2M $24.5M Ineligible Project Scope Total Project $444,581,155 $383.1M $29.4M $2.0M $1.7M $2.8M $0.8M $24.5M $0.2M Budget

1.4 Project Related Documents Table 5 lists the project related documents as part of this plan.

Table 5: SIQMP Related Project Documents Cooperate Agreement: A copy of Coop is provided in Appendix A This project is a being delivered through the CMGC delivery method with a lump sum negotiated cost. The contract does not include a unit Project Bid Items: price bid-item list. A list of structural materials that are specified on the project 90% Design Documents, has been prepared and are provided in Appendix B. City of LA Quality A Caltrans approved copy of CITY Quality Assurance Plan (CITY Assurance Plan: QAP) is submitted with this plan as reference.

1.5 Project Scope of Work

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (839) 12/13/2017 EA: 07-251204 9 FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works 1.5.1 Number and Type of Structures The Project consists of removing the existing Sixth Street Viaduct and replacing it with a new Viaduct approximately 3,500 feet in length. The new viaduct includes an approximately 600’ long approach embankment, 2,900’ of elevated structure, and an approximate deck width of 94’. The replacement structure extends along Alignment Corridor 3B, using cable supported Arch Concept as depicted in the Design Competition, subject to limited design refinements that result from future community input, technical requirements, and a discussion of how to include historical references. Figure 2 shows project bridge elevation. 1.5.2 Engineer’s Estimate The LA City Board of Public Works has executed a six-year CMGC contract to the Prime Contractor with a total contract ceiling amount of $250,000,000. The estimated construction cost is about $250,000,000. 1.5.3 Project Limits Project is located in City of Los Angeles (Caltrans District 7), on 6th Street from Mateo Street on the west to 6 th Street between US Route 101 (US 101) and Interstate 5 (I-5) on the east. Segments of the State Highway system where the 6th Viaduct spans over US Route 101 right of way (Bride #53-0595) at Post Mile (PM) S 0.2 are within Caltrans R/W. Figure 1 shows project vicinity map.

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (839) 12/13/2017 EA: 07-251204 10 FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Project Limits

Figure 1: Project Vicinity Map and Limits

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (839) 12/13/2017 EA: 07-251204 11 FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works 1.6 Project Staging and Phases The project is break down to six frames. The frames are going to be built in 4 stages. Figure 2 shows project frames and Table 6 shows construction stages and tentative schedule.

F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6

Figure 2: Bridge Elevation and Frames Designation

Table 6: Project Construction Stages and Tentative Schedule 2016 2017 2018 Frame Stage 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9101112 1 3 2 2 3 4 4 3 5 2 6 1

1.7 CITY Project Construction Management and Inspection Team The City of Los Angeles Board of Public Works (BPW) has the final authority in all matters affecting the work of projects awarded by the Board. The Bureau of Engineering (BOE) and Bureau of Construction Administration (BCA) are the responsible Bureaus within the Department of Public Works for delivering projects awarded by the Board. Here are brief summaries of the authority of each Bureau:

• Bureau of Engineering (BOE): ENGINEER is the City Engineer, head of the Bureau of Engineering, or an authorized representative. BOE is the City of Los Angeles (City) agency responsible for issuance of construction permits within the City’s public right-of-way. The Engineer is authorized to require performance of the work consistent with the meaning of the Plans and Specifications, and Contract Documents. On all questions related to the interpretation of Plans and/or Specifications, the decision of the Engineer is final and binding. As authorized by the Board of Public Works, the Engineer may issue Change Orders to increase, decrease or modify the scope of work. The BOE Project Manager (PM) is ultimately responsible for project delivery and is the focal point of all issues related to the assigned project. In some programs, the PM assumes primary responsibility for assembling the CM Team, defining and communicating the roles and responsibilities of the individual team members, and promoting effective team interaction. The PM is also responsible for overseeing the management approach taken with the Contractor.

• Bureau of Contract Administration (BCA): INSPECTOR is the Inspector of Public Works, (Director of the Bureau of Contract Administration), or an authorized representative

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (839) 12/13/2017 EA: 07-251204 12 FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works designated by the Bureau of Contract Administration. The Inspector is authorized to enforce compliance with the Contract Documents, to determine the acceptability, quality, and quantity of materials and workmanship, administer requirements with respect to subcontracts, and to prepare and process progress payment estimates. Unless otherwise ordered by the Board, the Inspector’s determination of satisfactory performance is a condition precedent to payment under this contract. For such matters, the decision of the Inspector is final and binding. In the event of a dispute between the Contractor and the Inspector, the latter is authorized to reject materials or suspend the Work until any questions at issue can be referred to and decided by the Board or, in engineering matters, by the Engineer. The Inspector is authorized to sample and test all materials to be incorporated into the work. The Inspector may delegate this authority to sample materials and perform tests to the Department of General Services, Standards Division, or other agencies approved by BCA. BCA's responsibilities include primary day-to-day interface with the Contractor in the field, preparing inspection documentation, performing shop inspections, coordinating any required surveys, witnessing the shop fabrication and performance testing of all equipment and material incorporated into the project, preparing and processing the Contractor’s progress payments, approving all subcontractors working on the project, performing Final Inspections, implementing jobsite safety programs in accordance with the construction contract and/or code requirements, issuing the Statement of Completion establishing the legal completion date of the project, preparing final closeout documentation, monitoring Contractor’s subcontractor outreach requirements, enforcing labor compliance and prevailing wage, regulations, enforcing the City Business Inclusion Program, monitoring and enforcement of the Project Labor Agreement.

• Caltrans: Oversight (IQA) Caltrans has an oversight role on this project. Within State R/W Caltrans will be involved in technical and administrative parts of the project per project cooperative agreement between CITY and STATE (Appendix A). Outside of State R/W Caltrans will be involved in administrative parts and as-needed technical parts on behalf of FHWA, based on Stewardship agreement between FHWA and STATE. CITY will enforce project technical specifications and follow requirements of this plan. CITY will provide monthly update for the progress, major milestone for Inspection clearances, and contractor performance to Caltrans.

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (839) 12/13/2017 EA: 07-251204 13 FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works 1.8 Project Construction Management Consultant Information The following are list of consultants that will support the CITY in shop (source) inspection activities; hereafter this group collectively are referred to as “CITY”.

Table 7: Project CITY Entity Responsibility Address 660 S. Figueroa Street, Suite 1750 TY Lin International Group Construction Management Los Angeles, CA 90017 (TYLI) Services Phone: 213-694-3981 444 S Flower St # 800 WSP USA (formerly Construction Management Los Angeles, CA 90071 Parsons Brinckerhoff (PB)) Services Phone: 213-362-9470 450 N. Brand Blvd, Suite 600 ZT Consulting Group Inc. Quality Assurance Support Glendale, CA 91203 (ZTC) Phone: 818-291-6215

1.9 Project Prime Contractor / General Contractor Information The General Contractor (GC) is “Skanska - Stacy & Witbeck (SSW), a Joint Venture”. Tables 8 and 9 provide GC and key personnel contact information.

Table 8: General Contractor Information – SSW Joint Venture Entity Responsibility Address SSW GC Joint Venture 585 S Santa Fe Ave, Los Angeles, CA 90013 Skanska GC 1995 Agua Mansa Rd, Riverside, CA 92509 Stacy and Witbeck, Inc. GC & CM 2800 Harbor Bay Parkway, Alameda, CA 94502

Table 9: General Contractor Key Personnel – SSW Joint Venture Title Name Phone Email Troy

Project Director 619-247-5039 [email protected] Neuenswander Project Executive Tony Taddeo 917-741-8483 [email protected] Project Construction Lawrence 213-694-4335 [email protected] Manager: Damore Deputy Project Andrew Bench 801-656-8170 [email protected] Manager Engineering Manager Bob Walent 732-319-0172 Michael.rausch @skanska.com Quality Control Mike Rausch 213-694-3507 [email protected] Director Quality Control Lead Michael Seale 619-385-7976 [email protected]

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (839) 12/13/2017 EA: 07-251204 14 FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works 2 Materials Management In accordance with FHWA Title 23 requirements, SSW will perform quality control (QC) as outlined in the project specifications and their Quality Control Plan (under development) and the CITY will perform quality assurance (QA) acceptance program (AT) consisting of acceptance activity independent of the general contractor. CITY has developed a detail procedures and guidelines on General QA Shop lion information, which summarizes general shop fabrication inspection, material QA sampling, and acceptance testing for the construction materials that are performed by CITY on all of CITY projects at the source. All equipment and/or materials incorporated into this project will be inspected at the source in accordance with BCA Materials Control procedures as identified in Appendix F. BCA Materials Control may elect where to inspect the materials that are identified as “Source or Field” in Appendix F. This decision is the solead e responsibility of the BCA Materials Control Section.

2.1 Agency Key Positions (Roles & Responsibility) Tables 10 summarizes name and contact information of key QA positions in this project. Appendix C includes organizational charts of the project construction phases. Copies of key personnel resumes and qualifications are provided in Appendix D.

Table 10: List of Project QA Personnel and Qualifications Title Name Qualifications Entity Phone Email Resident Engineer Karen California PE Karen.cormier@tylin. TYLI 415-613-0860 (RE) Cormier Civil Engineer com Structure Hoshang California PE Hoshang.alishahi@tyli TYLI 213-379-4157 Representative (SR) Alishahi Civil Engineer n.com Structure Newton California PE newton.armstrong@w Representative – WPS 213-787-8255 Armstrong Civil Engineer sp.com (F/W) Oregon & Structure Specialists Daniel [email protected] Washington PE TYLI 971-250-2218 Network Arch. Pavela om Civil Engineer QA Principal Roosevelt CITY Principal roosevelt.bagby@lacit BCA 213-798-5172 Inspector (PI) Bagby II Inspector y.org QA Lead Inspector CITY Lead Todd Eller BCA 213-798-5508 [email protected] (LI) Inspector Structural Material Karen California PE Karen.cormier@tylin. TYLI 415-613-0860 Representative (SMR) Cormier Civil Engineer com Assistant Structural California PE Material Farzad Civil Engineer, ZTC 818-929-8162 [email protected] Representative Tasbihgoo ACI I, PCI III, (ASMR) CWI

QA Inspectors names and qualifications are provided in Appendix D.

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (839) 12/13/2017 EA: 07-251204 15 FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works 2.1.1 Contractor Qualification Table 11 summarizes minimum quality control qualifications for contractor personnel as required by the project special provisions.

Table 11: Minimum Qualification for Contractor’s QC Personnel Fabrication Item Minimum Qualifications Quality Control Manager (QCM) – Steel AWS CWI or Registered Civil Engineer in CA Steel QC Inspector AWS CWI NDT QC Inspectors ASNT TC-1A Level II Coating Inspectors NACE Certified

2.1.2 Contractor Quality Control Plan

See Appendix L for Contractor's Quality Control Plan (QCP) for the project. See section 2.4 for item specific QCP.

2.2 Verification Shop (Source) Inspection and Documentation

2.2.1 Procedures to Identify Materials for Shop (Source) Inspection All equipment and/or materials incorporated into this project will be inspected at the source in accordance with BCA Materials Control procedures. BCA Materials Control may elect not to inspect identified “shelf items” at the source of manufacture and instead inspect them at the site. This decision is the sole responsibility of the BCA Materials Control Section and SSW will be informed of equipment/materials which will not be inspected at the source. SSW will be instructed to inform their subcontractors and fabricators about the shop (source) inspection requirements on this project. A copy of the form CITY-CEM-3101 “Notice of Material to be Used” will be provided to SSW to inform CITY of the materials that are intended to be used on the project. SSW is instructed to submit the form CITY-CEM-3101 to the RE; this will immediately be forwarded to BCA Materials Control prior to start of fabrication. BCA Materials Control will confirm/inform the RE of which materials on the CITY-CEM-3101 form will be shop (source) inspected and which will be field inspected; this will be conveyed to SSW.

2.2.2 Authorized Materials and Audited Facilities List Where project specifications requires Caltrans authorized material list to be used, CITY will require SSW to use materials that are preauthorized by Caltrans. BCA Materials Control may randomly sample materials that are provided on the project, including materials that are from authorized suppliers. In such cases, samples will be tested at the QA verification lab. CITY is aware that the list of prequalified materials is accessible at the following link: http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/esc/approved_products_list/

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (839) 12/13/2017 EA: 07-251204 16 FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works Where project specification requires Caltrans-audited facilities to be used, CITY will require SSW to use such facilities. In addition, BCA Materials Control may make a pre-fabrication visit. CITY is aware that the list of Caltrans audited facilities can be found at the following link: http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/esc/Translab/OSM/documents/smdocuments/Internet_auditlisting.pdf

2.2.3 List of Materials in the State Highway System Right-Of-Way (R/W) A list of materials specified in the 100% Design Documents drawings is provided in Appendix F. The materials within the R/W are not identified, because all the materials in this project will be shop (source) inspected based on this plan.

2.2.4 Frequency of Shop (Source) Inspection Frequency of shop (source) inspection is determined by Appendices G and K which indicate frequency of inspection and procedures for each key component.

2.2.5 Specialty Materials / Proprietary Systems The project has friction pendulum bearings. These bearings are proprietary system and will be manufactured by Earthquake Protection Systems, Inc., located at 451 Azuar Drive # 759, Vallejo, CA 94592 Proof (performance) testing of production bearings will be witnessed by BCA Materials Control. Other QA testing, including painting QA, of the lower bearing embedded plate will be performed as listed in Section 2.4, Table 12. Additional component that is considered a specialty material is: - Post-tensioning Anchor Head Coupler for bridge post-tensioning system The QA Verification procedures for the Anchor Head Coupler System and Material Verification is provided in Appendix K.9.

2.2.6 Out of Right of Way Materials CITY will apply the requirements of this plan on all shop (source) inspected materials in the project regardless of materials location.

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (839) 12/13/2017 EA: 07-251204 17 FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works 2.2.7 Project Materials Management 2.2.7.1 Shop (Source) Inspected Materials

CITY will either perform Shop (Source) Inspection through its BCA staff or the CM Team will hire a qualified third-party inspection company to perform Quality Assurance (QA) Shop (Source) Inspection on behalf of CITY. 2.2.7.1.1 Shop Inspection forms

BCA Materials Control forms shall be utilized for all BCA Shop (Source) Inspection records. Copy of the forms are provided in Appendix H. 2.2.7.2 Field Inspected Materials

CITY will follow its Caltrans approved Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) for field inspection of the materials. 2.2.7.3 Electrical Materials Inspection:

All the electrical components on this project are designed per CITY standards and will be maintained by CITY per maintenance coop between CITY and Caltrans. A copy of the general maintenance coop agreement is provided in Appendix J. There are no light poles on the bridge or soffit lighting, there are only embedded lights in the concrete barriers above the bridge deck.

CITY will follow its internal electrical material inspection on this project as described in Appendix E.

2.2.8 Documentation 2.2.8.1 Quality Assurance Inspection Forms QA inspectors will document the daily QA inspection activity for the project. BCA Materials Control forms will be utilized for all Shop Inspection records. Please see Appendix H for procedures and sample copies of LA CITY inspection forms. 2.2.8.2 Review and Distribution of the QA Inspection Reports The Inspector of Public Works (Principal Inspector/SMR) is the custodian of all records relating to public works construction contracts awarded by the Board of Public Works and all other construction contracts administered by CITY Bureau of Contract Administration (BCA). Project records relating to all inspection and contract compliance matters are kept by the Bureau of Contract Administration (BCA). Separate agencies that administer their own in-house materials control maintain their own records. Records of field tests taken by BCA Inspectors (QA Inspectors), are kept at the job site by the QA Lead Inspector throughout the active term of the contract. The "Summary Log" (as specified in LAMP Sect 16.14) and material certificates are kept in the project files by BCA Inspectors. In addition, the project files incorporate all material records of samples and tests, material releases, etc. as per LAPM Sect 16.8 "Project Files". The project files, project specifications, changes to contract, Inspector's Daily Records, progress

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (839) 12/13/2017 EA: 07-251204 18 FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works payments, recapitulation of contract time and other related correspondence are available for review, upon request, at the project site. The project files are retained for a term that exceeds State and Federal requirements. Records of Acceptance Testing such as gradation, sub-grade and sub-base compaction, AC samples and cores, reinforcement steel, strands, fasteners, hoops, bearing pads, epoxy coated materials, concrete, etc. are kept at Standards Division, General Services and a copy will be kept at the jobsite. All records relating to IA sampling and testing are kept at the Independent Assurance Unit of Standards Division. 2.2.8.3 Material Acceptance See Section 3 of this management plan. 2.2.8.4 Inspection Report Filing A hard copy of all QA inspection report forms and documents will be kept at the project field office located at: 585 S Santa Fe Ave, Los Angeles, CA 90013

2.3 Verification Lab Testing and Documentation

2.3.1 Verification Lab Qualification

Appendix I includes the QA verification lab qualifications. At any instance if additional QA verification laboratory was added to the project team, an addendum to this plan will be submitted for review and approval.

2.3.2 List of Verification Tests and Frequencies The QA verification tests and frequencies are per CITY QAP manual, CITY shop inspection guidelines, and recommended guidelines provide by Caltrans METS, Office of Structural Material, Quality Assurance and Source Inspection (QASI) Manual. These frequencies will follow minimum requirements provided by project contract documents. Appendix G summarizes list of shop (source) inspection verification tests and frequencies.

2.3.3 Verification Material Filling System The verification material filing system follow the procedures described in Sections 2.2.8.2 and 2.2.8.4 of this plan.

2.3.4 Example forms for QA Sampling and Reporting CITY portal, on the internet, was developed as a collaborative effort between the Bureau of Contract Administration (BCA), the Bureau of Engineering (BOE), and Standards Division; to give access to QA test results. The portal is available for QA Inspectors, RE, GC, vendors, and fabricators to access test data. Here is the link to the website:

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (839) 12/13/2017 EA: 07-251204 19 FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works http://engpermits.lacity.org/labtestresults/

2.3.5 QA Verification Personnel and Laboratory Conflict of Interest In order to avoid an appearance of a conflict of interest the QA verification personnel and laboratories on this project will only perform QA verification activities on this project.

2.4 Contractor Quality Control Plans (QCP) and Quality Work Plans (QWP) For this project, Table 12 summarizes bid items that require Quality Work Plans.

Table 12: Items with Quality Work Plans Item Description Component Quality Plan Friction Pendulum BEARINGS Paint Quality Work Plan (PQWP) Bearing Arch Anchors Welding Quality Control Plan (WQCP) – CABLE SUPPORT SYSTEM Fabrication AWS D1.5 - FCM Y Connectors Welding Quality Control Plan (WQCP) – CABLE SUPPORT SYSTEM Fabrication AWS D1.5 – FCM SEISMIC JOINT ASSEMBLY Welding Quality Control Plan (WQCP) – Steel Fabrication MR=30” AWS D1.8 Welding Quality Control Plan (WQCP) – REINFORCEMENTS Rebar field welding AWS D1.4

2.4.1 Responsibility for Review The RE will have the ultimate responsibility for the QCP and QWP review. The RE will be assisted by the SR, SMR, and the Project Engineer (Designer of Record) that will all provide their review comments. QCP/QWP that did not meet the contract requirements will be rejected with comments and the contractor will have to revise and resubmit. Revised QCP/QWP will be reviewed in the same manner until it is acceptable for use on the project. All reviews will be documented and logged in the project files. QCP/QWP approval will be documented by sending the approval letter to the contractor and sharing it with the SMR and project inspection staff.

2.4.2 Documentation of Reviews and Addendums Review of the original QCP/QWP submittal, subsequent revisions and/or addendums will be documented in project files in order to preserve complete history of every issue related to QCP/QWP review and approval. Approved QCP/QWP with all approved revisions and addendums will be used for QA source inspection.

2.4.3 Filing of Reviews and Addendums Reviews, revisions and addendums will be filed in accordance to Sections 2.2.8.2 and 2.2.8.4.

2.4.4 Pre-operation Meeting Requirements A pre-operation QCP/QWP meeting will be held for items listed in Table 12 prior to submittal of the QCP/QWP and any fabrication activities. The following personnel should attend pre-

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (839) 12/13/2017 EA: 07-251204 20 FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works operation meeting in person or via conference calls: RE, SR, SMR, BCA Representative, Contractor’s QCM, representative of the fabricator, and representative of QC inspection party. The pre-operation meetings will be scheduled well ahead of the precast fabrication to assure timeliness. Detailed requirements for fabrication will be discussed with the contractor and contractor’s QCM, including the Contractor’s/Fabricator’s role in the QC process, flow of information, and schedule of activities. Attendance is mandatory for the personnel in responsible charge of QC for the contractor and fabricator and BCA. The meeting will be conducted in the field office or at the fabrication site as decided jointly by the SMR and BCA. The meeting format will be either in person or a conference call. The goal of each pre-operation meeting is to assure that the contractor and the fabricator understand their roles in the process, project and reporting requirements, as well as NNC issue resolution. The SMR will prepare meeting minutes and distribute them to all attendees. A copy of the meeting minutes will be kept in project files.

2.4.5 Review of Shop Drawings, CCOs, and RFIs The RE will provide copies of RFIs, CCOs, and plan revisions relevant to shop (source) inspection to BCA Materials Control. BCA Materials Control will perform a review of submittal and will send comments and instructions relating to source inspection to the RE for distribution to the Contractor. Appendix G provide list shop (source) inspection items that require approved shop drawings prior to fabrication and QA inspection on this project.

2.5 Issue Resolution Issues that arise during the QA inspection will be handled at the lowest possible level and elevated according to the organizational chart and timelines found in the Project Cooperative Agreement. Formal documentation for issue resolution including Requests for Information (RFIs) and Notices of Non-Compliance (NNCs) will be handled through the following procedures:

2.5.1 Notice of Non-Compliance (NNC) A Notice of Non-Compliance (NNC) is issued to the Contractor when the work is not performed in accordance with the project plans, specifications, approved shop drawings, legal requirements, and/or other codes as required. The purpose of the Notice of Non-Compliance is to inform the Contractor that the subject Work has not been acceptably completed and payment will not be made for this Work until corrections, acceptable to the Inspector, have been made. In the event the Contractor fails to perform work in a manner consistent with the plans, specifications, or other provisions of the contract, the Principal Inspector (PI) is authorized to suspend all fabrication work on the project until such time as corrections have been made. The Notice of Non-Compliance is written by the QA Lead Inspector (LI) or the Materials Control Inspector of BCA using the appropriate CITY form. The LI or Materials Control Inspector is authorized to issue to the Contractor, notices of non-compliance with plans, specifications, approved shop drawings, legal requirements and/or other codes of the project, and

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (839) 12/13/2017 EA: 07-251204 21 FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works should immediately inform the PI of any Notice of Non-Compliance issued which may affect the progress of the work. The RE, upon receipt of a copy of the Notice of Non-Compliance, shall immediately confer with the LI and the Contractor to jointly try to resolve the non-compliance issue. The RE may request that work be stopped where changed conditions or a requested change to the original plans, specifications, or approved shop drawings may result in a change to the affected work.

2.5.2 Instances Requiring NNC 2.5.2.1 NNC on Products/Materials BCA Materials Control Shop Inspectors will write an NNC on the product under the following circumstances: • A BCA Materials Control Shop Inspector identifies materials that do not meet contract requirements.

• A BCA Materials Control Shop Inspection reveals obvious attempts to hide processes or products that do not meet the contract requirements.

• Contractor ships material without a Field/COC release tag.

BCA Materials Control Shop Inspectors will typically not write an NNC on Material under the following circumstances: • Rejected discontinuities found through nondestructive testing by QA BCA Materials Control Inspector and repairs are commenced promptly (this conversation and action should be noted in the inspection report by the BCA Materials Control Inspector). 2.5.2.2 NNC on QC Personnel/Process BCA Materials Control Shop Inspectors will write an NNC on the Quality Control Personnel under the following circumstances: • Any action taken by QC that is not in conformance with the contract requirements or any attempts to hide nonconforming items.

2.5.3 NNC Procedure Details BCA Materials Control Inspectors will ensure the following procedures are met when dealing with NNCs: • The BCA Materials Control inspector locates a problem or deficiency and informs QC and/or a responsible representative from the contractor of the issue. • The BCA Materials Control inspector will notify the LI and generate the NNC.

• The BCA Materials Control inspector will forward the NNC to the LI.

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (839) 12/13/2017 EA: 07-251204 22 FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works 2.5.4 NNC Resolutions Payment will be withheld for work not acceptably completed as noted on the Notice of Non- Compliance and for all work performed subsequent to the work listed in the Notice. Only the BCA Materials Control Inspector, LI, PI, or BCA Division Manager may resolve a Notice of Non-Compliance. The RE may issue a plan clarification regarding the disputed work and issue a change order specifying a change in the project plans or specifications which will allow the disputed work in the Notice of Non-Compliance to be accepted. If this procedure is chosen as a means of resolving the Notice of Non-Compliance, the LI shall write a Job Memorandum stating that the Notice(s) of Non-Compliance has been resolved to the satisfaction of the City. Payment will continue to be held until the fully signed and implemented change order is received and the Job Memorandum is issued stating the non-compliance is resolved.

2.5.5 Procedures for Handling Disagreements Every effort will be made to resolve disputes between the CITY and Contractor’s inspection staff at the lowest level, and will be elevated according to the organization chart and timelines found in the project charter established in the project specifications.

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (839) 12/13/2017 EA: 07-251204 23 FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works 3 Reporting QA Verification Documentation to Caltrans IQA

3.1 Monthly Summary Report On the 15 th of each month, the project SMR will prepare a summary report that describes the materials source inspection activities performed for the prior period. If the 15th of the month falls on a holiday, the report will be submitted on the following working day of that month. At minimum, the following topics will be discussed in the report: • Resident Engineer (RE) statement verifying continued compliance of source inspection activates for the covered period. The CI verification will be either in form signing the SIQMP monthly report or in email form along with the report. • A response to any Caltrans IQA audit findings • A summary of the verification source inspection work completed over the reporting period and summary of work anticipated in the next period • A summary of NNC’s issued and the status of those outstanding • A summary of any changes to the plans or specifications. The project SMR will review the SIQMP monthly report prior to sending it to the Caltrans Oversight SMR. The SIQMP monthly report does not include the QA inspection reports for that period. The QA inspection reports are available for IQA audits or per Oversight SMR request. During an IQA audit if any supporting QA material was not available for review, the supporting material will be provided within 10 working days. Here is summary list of these materials: • QA non-conformance reports • QA inspection reports • Material Test Reports (MTRs) • Certificates of Compliance (COCs) • Implementing agency submittal review comments for: Quality Control Plans • Structural and fabrication related QC report

3.2 Contract Acceptance and Close-Out Procedures BCA is responsible for writing the acceptance Board Report for the project when all work is completed. Thereafter BCA jointly with BOE will submit the acceptance Board Report to the Board of Public Works for acceptance. See Appendix H for copies of CITY Final Inspection and Acceptance Reports.

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (839) 12/13/2017 EA: 07-251204 24 FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works Appendices

Appendix A- Project Cooperative Agreement Appendix B- General Material List Appendix C- Project Organizational Chart Appendix D- Personnel Qualifications Appendix E- List of Acronyms Appendix F- Inspection Material List (Tier List) Appendix G- QA Verification Test Frequency Appendix H- CITY QA Inspection Forms Appendix I- QA Verification Laboratory Qualifications Appendix J- Maintenance Cooperative Agreement Appendix K- QA Procedures for Key Materials Appendix L – Contractor’s Quality Control Plan (CQCP)

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (839) 12/13/2017 EA: 07-251204 25 FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Appendix A – Project Cooperative Agreement

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 A FINAL REV 3A

6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Appendix B – General Material List

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 B FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement Project General Material List

Item Category Item Items Code Removals 2101000 Demo & Site Removals Cold Plane AC / Grind Concrete Pavement 2101200 Misc. Removals 2101300 Traffic Control 2102100 Maintenance of Traffic (MOT) K-Rail/Barricades/Supplies 2102200 AC Paving 2103100 Paving PCCP Paving 2103200 Minor Concrete Minor Concrete 2104100 PKG 2 - F-1 Civil - Roadway Excavation 2105100 Grading/Roadway Earthworks Bases 2105200 Shoring 2105300 SWPP(P) SWPP(P) 2106000 Signs 2107100 Signing & Striping Striping & Markings 2107200 Concrete Barrier TY 60/MBGR Concrete Barrier TY 60 2108000 Trees 2109100 Landscaping Landscaping 2109200 Fence & Railing 2110100 STRUCT CONC, BRIDGE FOOTING 2201000 STRUC CONC BRIDGE, 6TH STREET VIADUCT 2201200 ABUTMENT 1thru 13 - SUBSTRUCTURE 2201210 BENT 3 CAP 2201210 Bent 4 thru 12 - TRANSVERSE ARCH RIB FLOOR BEAM - 18 2201230 SPAN 1thru 12 - SUPERSTRUCTURE FALSEWORK 2201240 Bridge SPAN 1& 2 ONLY ·CIP/PT BOX GIRDER 2201250 BENT 4 thru 12 - JUMP SPANS (EDGE GDR, FLR BMS & DK) 2201260 BENT 3 thru ABUT 13 - ARCH RIB SPANS (EDGE GDR, FLR BMS & DK) 2201270 BENT 3 thru ABUTMENT 13 - ARCH RIBS (H=30',40' & 65') 2201280 SPAN 1thru 12 - INCIDENTIALS 2201290 STRUC CONC BRIDGE, EAST & WEST PEDESTRIAN RAMPS 2201300 Seismic Bearings Friction Pendulum Bearings 2202200 JOINT SEAL TYPE A (Bent 3) 2203100 Joint Seals/Joint Seal Assemblies JOINT SEAL ASSEMBLY MR=30" 2203200 PKG 5 - D-2 Approach Slabs Approach Slab Concrete 2204100 Structures Structure Concrete Retaining Walls STR CONC, RETAIN WALL (TYPE 1) 2205100 Misc. Metal Bridge 2206100 Misc. Metal Barrier Rail Cover Plates 2206200 MISC. METALS BRIDGE Bridge Deck Drainage System 2206300 Isolation Casing 2206500 120" CIDH 2208100 24" CIDH 2208200 Pile Foundations 48" CIDH 2208300 Osterberg Load Test - 120" CIDH 2208400 6th Street Viaduct Bridge 2209100 Bar Reinforcing Steel Retaining Wall 2209400 Post Tensioning 6th Street Viaduct Bridge 2210100 Bridge Arch Cables Bridge Arch Cables 2211100 Concrete Barrier Rail, Type 80 2213200 Bridge Railings Concrete Barrier Rail, Type 736 2213400 Adjust - Relocate - Remodel 2301100 Adjust/Relocate Existing Drainage 2301200 Sewer 2301300 PKG 5 - D-3 Utilities Traffic Signals Traffic Signals / Modifications 2302100 Street Lighting Street Lighting / Modifications 2303100 Misc. Misc. 2304100 Bridge Lighting / Electrical Service Bridge Lighting / Electrical Service 2305100

Project: BRLSZD-5006 08/01/17 (Org 02/26/2016) EA: 07-251204 Rev. 3A (Org Rev. 2) 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Appendix C – Project Organizational Charts • Overview • QA • QC

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 C FINAL REV 3A Project Oversight Acronyms BCA: Bureau of Organization Contract Administration GC Team BOE: Bureau of Engineering

CLA: City of Los Angeles Board of Public Works

QA QC

BCA BOE Shop Field QA Testing & Inspection PM/CM/Design

Communication

Reporting 6th Street Viaduct Bridge Replacement Project Oversight Acronyms QA BCA: Bureau of Organization Contract Administration

BOE: Bureau of Engineering

CLA: City of Los Angeles

BCA Chief Inspector BOE Principal Civil Engineer Frank Rinaldi Julie Allen

QA Testing Laboratories QA Inspection Team CM Team PM Team Design Team Resident Engineer/SMR CLA General Services, Principal Inspector Senior Civil Engineer Lead Designer Karen Cormier Standard Division, Labs Roosevelt Bagby II Julia Moye Terence Pao

rd Structure Rep. 3 Party QA Lead Inspector Hooshang Alishahi Senior Structural Eng. Roadway Designer Laboratories Todd Eller Terence Pao Structure Rep. (F/W) Newton Armstrong Material Control Structural Designer Shop Inspection Office Eng./Assistant RE Mike Jones Nader Naderi BCA GC Team BOE

CLA

HNTB Communication

SSW Reporting QC Personnel and Subs/Fabricators TYLI Laboratory SSW Quality Control Organizational Chart Appendix C

JV Executive Board Clayton Gilliland/Mike Aparicio

Project Director Corporate Quality Control Troy Neuenswander Director Mike Rausch

Engineering Manager Project Construction Manager Deputy Project Manager Bob Walent Lawrence Damore Andrew Bench Quality Control Manager Quality Control Manager (Alt.) Michael Seale Michael Cardwell

Direct Testing Laboratory RMA Group, Inc Indirect 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Appendix D – Key Personnel Resumes and Qualification Following are list of personnel qualifications required for this project. - Key Personnel Resume and Certifications - QA Inspectors Certifications - NDT Level III Certification (For Reference only)

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 D FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Key Personnel Resume and Certifications

Role Name Qualifications Entity Resident Engineer (RE) / Structural Material Karen Cormier Resume see QMP / PE TYLI Representative (SMR) Structural Representative Hoshang Alishahi Resume see QMP / PE TYLI (SR)) Structure Representative Dan Pavela Resume see QMP / PE TYLI Network Arch. QA Principal Inspector (PI) Roosevelt Bagby II Resume see QMP LA City QA Lead Inspector Todd Eller Resume see QMP LA City (LI) PE AWS Certified Weld Assistant Structural Material Farzad Tasbihgoo Inspector (CWI) / ACI Level I ZTC Representative (ASMR) / PCI III / CQA

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 E FINAL REV 3A About Us | Contact Us | Licensee Lookup | Forms | Laws

Search This Site California

License Search for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors

Licensee Name: CORMIER KAREN E License Type: CIVIL ENGINEER License Number: 41958 License Status: CLEAR Definition Expiration Date: March 31, 2018 Address: 2640 BANBURY PL City: LOS ANGELES State: CA Zip: 90065 County: LOS ANGELES Actions: No

Public Record Action(s)

This information is updated Monday through Friday - Last updated: APR-27-2017

Disclaimer All information provided by the Department of Consumer Affairs on this web page, and on its other web pages and internet sites, is made available to provide immediate access for the convenience of interested persons. While the Department believes the information to be reliable, human or mechanical error remains a possibility, as does delay in the posting or updating of information. Therefore, the Department makes no guarantee as to the accuracy, completeness, timeliness, currency, or correct sequencing of the information. Neither the Department, nor any of the sources of the information, shall be responsible for any errors or omissions, or for the use or results obtained from the use of this information. Other specific cautionary notices may be included on other web pages maintained by the Department. All access to and use of this web page and any other web page or internet site of the Department is governed by the Disclaimers and Conditions for Access and Use as set forth at California Department of Consumer Affairs' Disclaimer Information and Use Information.

Back About Us | Contact Us | Licensee Lookup | Forms | Laws

Search This Site California

License Search for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors

Licensee Name: ALISHAHI HOOSHANG License Type: CIVIL ENGINEER License Number: 52020 License Status: CLEAR Definition Expiration Date: December 31, 2018 Address: 29214 VIA ESTANCIA City: VALENCIA State: CA Zip: 91354 County: LOS ANGELES Actions: No

Public Record Action(s)

This information is updated Monday through Friday - Last updated: APR-27-2017

Disclaimer All information provided by the Department of Consumer Affairs on this web page, and on its other web pages and internet sites, is made available to provide immediate access for the convenience of interested persons. While the Department believes the information to be reliable, human or mechanical error remains a possibility, as does delay in the posting or updating of information. Therefore, the Department makes no guarantee as to the accuracy, completeness, timeliness, currency, or correct sequencing of the information. Neither the Department, nor any of the sources of the information, shall be responsible for any errors or omissions, or for the use or results obtained from the use of this information. Other specific cautionary notices may be included on other web pages maintained by the Department. All access to and use of this web page and any other web page or internet site of the Department is governed by the Disclaimers and Conditions for Access and Use as set forth at California Department of Consumer Affairs' Disclaimer Information and Use Information.

Back About Us | Contact Us | Licensee Lookup | Forms | Laws

This Site California

CONSUMERS LICENSEES APPLICANTS PUBLICATIONS ONLINE SERVICES

License Search for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors

Licensee Name: ARMSTRONG NEWTON ISAAC License Type: CIVIL ENGINEER License Number: 56367 License Status: CLEAR Definition Expiration Date: June 30, 2019 Address: 14311 GRAYVILLE DR City: LA MIRADA State: CA Zip: 90638 County: LOS ANGELES Actions: No Public Record Action(s)

This information is updated Monday through Friday - Last updated: OCT-20-2017 Disclaimer All information provided by the Department of Consumer Affairs on this web page, and on its other web pages and internet sites, is made available to provide immediate access for the convenience of interested persons. While the Department believes the information to be reliable, human or mechanical error remains a possibility, as does delay in the posting or updating of information. Therefore, the Department makes no guarantee as to the accuracy, completeness, timeliness, currency, or correct sequencing of the information. Neither the Department, nor any of the sources of the information, shall be responsible for any errors or omissions, or for the use or results obtained from the use of this information. Other specific cautionary notices may be included on other web pages maintained by the Department. All access to and use of this web page and any other web page or internet site of the Department is governed by the Disclaimers and Conditions for Access and Use as set forth at California Department of Consumer Affairs' Disclaimer Information and Use Information. http://www.osbeels.org/SearchLicense.asp

Find a Licensee Search Again | Downloads Search Results

1 license records found.

Cert. No Name Address City State/Nation Zip Branch Status Expires 69362PE Pavela, Daniel Alvin Silverton OR, United States CE Active 12/31/2018

Find a Licensee

To find a licensee, please enter your search criteria.

Last City Name First State Name *Cert. Nation Number Lic. Type Branch

* This certificate number must be five digits. Precede the number with zeros if it does not contain five digits. (i.e. 00123)

The Oregon State Board of Examiners for Engineering and Land Surveying (OSBEELS) is required by law to provide access to our records.

According to ORS 192.440, neither the registrant nor the Board has a choice in the matter. However, there is a provision of the law that will allow OSBEELS to place your name in a "non-disclosure" status, but certain conditions must be in evidence.

You must submit a written request in which you can demonstrate to the satisfaction of OSBEELS that your personal safety or the personal safety of your family is in danger if the information remains available for public inspection. For additional details, refer to ORS 192.445. If you fit the conditions described in the law, OSBEELS will remove your information from public access.

1 of 1 4/28/17, 5:25 PM WA State Licensing:License Query Search https://fortress.wa.gov/dol/dolprod/bpdLicenseQuery/lqsLicenseDetail.a...

License Details

License Information: Name: PAVELA, DANIEL A License Type: Professional Engineer License Number: 37331 License Status: Active First Issued Date: Jan 11 2001 License Issued: Nov 3 2016 Expiration Date: Dec 18 2018

Address: SILVERTON OR 97381

Endorsement Endorsements on this license: Status Civil Active

Information Current as of 04/28/2017 3:07AM Pacific Time

Use of lists of individuals provided on this site for commercial purposes is prohibited under Chapter 42.56 of the Revised Code of Washington.

Home | Privacy | Other Licenses | Contact Us | Copyright © 2017 DOL

1 of 1 4/28/17, 5:26 PM Home - Board for Professional Engineers, Land Surveyors, and Geologists http://www2.dca.ca.gov/pls/wllpub/WLLQRYNA$LCEV2.QueryView?P_LICENSE_NUMB...

About Us | Contact Us | Licensee Lookup | Forms | Laws

Search This Site California

Licensee Name: TASBIHGOO FARZAD License Type: CIVIL ENGINEER License Number: 71403 License Status: CLEAR Definition Expiration Date: December 31, 2019 Address: 12354 MILBANK ST City: STUDIO CITY State: CA Zip: 91604 County: LOS ANGELES Actions: No

Public Record Action(s)

This information is updated Monday through Friday - Last updated: DEC-11-2017 Disclaimer All information provided by the Department of Consumer Affairs on this web page, and on its other web pages and internet sites, is made available to provide immediate access for the convenience of interested persons. While the Department believes the information to be reliable, human or mechanical error remains a possibility, as does delay in the posting or updating of information. Therefore, the Department makes no guarantee as to the accuracy, completeness, timeliness, currency, or correct sequencing of the information. Neither the Department, nor any of the sources of the information, shall be responsible for any errors or omissions, or for the use or results obtained from the use of this information. Other specific cautionary notices may be included on other web pages maintained by the Department. All access to and use of this web page and any other web page or internet site of the Department is governed by the Disclaimers and Conditions for Access and Use as set forth at California Department of Consumer Affairs' Disclaimer Information and Use Information.

Back

1 of 1 12/12/2017, 6:29 PM About Us | Contact Us | Licensee Lookup | Forms | Laws

This Site California

CONSUMERS LICENSEES APPLICANTS PUBLICATIONS ONLINE SERVICES

License Search for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors

Licensee Name: NADERI NADER License Type: CIVIL ENGINEER License Number: 59130 License Status: CLEAR Definition Expiration Date: June 30, 2019 Address: 27191 DELEMOS City: MISSION VIEJO State: CA Zip: 92692 County: ORANGE Actions: No Public Record Action(s)

This information is updated Monday through Friday - Last updated: OCT-20-2017 Disclaimer All information provided by the Department of Consumer Affairs on this web page, and on its other web pages and internet sites, is made available to provide immediate access for the convenience of interested persons. While the Department believes the information to be reliable, human or mechanical error remains a possibility, as does delay in the posting or updating of information. Therefore, the Department makes no guarantee as to the accuracy, completeness, timeliness, currency, or correct sequencing of the information. Neither the Department, nor any of the sources of the information, shall be responsible for any errors or omissions, or for the use or results obtained from the use of this information. Other specific cautionary notices may be included on other web pages maintained by the Department. All access to and use of this web page and any other web page or internet site of the Department is governed by the Disclaimers and Conditions for Access and Use as set forth at California Department of Consumer Affairs' Disclaimer Information and Use Information.

6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

QA Inspectors Qualifications Role Qualifications Name Entity Exp. Date QA Concrete ACI Concrete Field Testing Avak LA City 11/15/2019 Inspector Technician - Grade 1 Miravakian QA Concrete ACI Concrete Field Testing Charles LA City 11/14/2020 Inspector Technician - Grade 1 Beckley QA Concrete ACI Concrete Field Testing Joe Fernandes LA City 10/17/2020 Inspector Technician - Grade 1 QA Concrete ACI Concrete Field Testing John Fitz LA City 5/2/2020 Inspector Technician- Grade 1 QA Concrete ACI Concrete Field Testing Kee Kab Ahn LA City /14/2016 Inspector Technician- Grade 1 QA Concrete ACI Concrete Field Testing Maxwell R. LA City 7/19/2019 Inspector Technician- Grade 1 Jardine QA Concrete ACI Concrete Field Testing Michael J. LA City 5/11/2018 Inspector Technician - Grade 1 Troutt QA Concrete ACI Concrete Field Testing William G. LA City 3/26/2016 Inspector Technician- Grade 1 Chambers Jr. QA NDT ASNT SNT-TC-1A Level II Danny Sotelo LA City 6/22/2020 Inspector – MT Magnetic Particle Testing (MT) QA NDT ASNT SNT-TC-1A Level II Zaw N. Tun LA City 6/22/2020 Inspector – MT Magnetic Particle Testing (MT) QA NDT ASNT SNT-TC-1A Level II TBD* TBD* TBD Inspector – RT Radiographic Testing (RT) QA Steel AWS Certified Weld Inspector Avak LA City 10/31/2020 Inspector (CWI) Miravakian QA Steel AWS Certified Weld Inspector Charles K. LA City 4/1/2019 Inspector (CWI) Beckley QA Steel AWS Certified Weld Inspector Kee Kab Ahn LA City 6/30/2019 Inspector (CWI) QA Steel AWS Certified Weld Inspector Michael J. LA City 1/31/2020 Inspector (CWI) Troutt QA Coating NACE Level II Certified TBD* TBD TBD Inspector

*Additional QA personnel will be added when the fabricators name and locations are identified.

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 F FINAL REV 3A Verify A Certification https://www.concrete.org/certification/verifyacertification.aspx?m=results&type=SearchByLas... Menu

Home > Certification > Verify A Certification

Need Help? Email Support SEARCH RESULTS

NEWS

Miravakian, Avak December 6, 2017 ACI CONCRETE FIELD TESTING TECHNICIAN - GRADE I Expires: November 15, 2019 Tujunga, CA 91042-1102

December 5, 2017 Results Per Page

December 5, 2017

December 1, 2017

December 1, 2017

November 29, 2017

November 27, 2017

November 22, 2017

ACI & YOU

Learn about the numerous resources and programs ACI offers for:

TOP

1 of 2 12/12/2017, 5:02 PM Verify A Certification https://www.concrete.org/certification/verifyacertification.aspx?m=results&type=SearchByLas... Menu

Home > Certification > Verify A Certification

Need Help? Email Support SEARCH RESULTS

NEWS

Beckley Jr, John E December 6, 2017 ACI CONCRETE FIELD TESTING TECHNICIAN - GRADE I Expires: March 17, 2021 Amsterdam, OH 43903-9788

Beckley, Brian V December 5, 2017 ACI CONCRETE STRENGTH TESTING TECHNICIAN Expires: November 6, 2019 Circleville, OH 43113-1448 December 5, 2017

Beckley, Charles ACI CONCRETE FIELD TESTING TECHNICIAN - GRADE I Expires: November 14, 2020 December 1, 2017 La Verne, CA 91750-8074

Beckley, Matt H ACI CONCRETE FIELD TESTING TECHNICIAN - GRADE I December 1, 2017 Expires: December 19, 2017 Gurnee, IL 60031-4908

November 29, 2017 Results Per Page

November 27, 2017

November 22, 2017

ACI & YOU

Learn about the numerous resources and programs ACI offers for:

TOP

1 of 2 12/12/2017, 5:04 PM Verify A Certification https://www.concrete.org/certification/verifyacertification.aspx?m=results&type=SearchByID... Menu

Home > Certification > Verify A Certification

Need Help? Email Support SEARCH RESULTS

NEWS

Fernandes, Joe December 6, 2017 ACI CONCRETE FIELD TESTING TECHNICIAN - GRADE I Expires: October 17, 2020 La Palma, CA 90623-1129

December 5, 2017 Results Per Page

December 5, 2017

December 1, 2017

December 1, 2017

November 29, 2017

November 27, 2017

November 22, 2017

ACI & YOU

Learn about the numerous resources and programs ACI offers for:

TOP

1 of 2 12/12/2017, 5:31 PM Verify A Certification https://www.concrete.org/certification/verifyacertification.aspx?m=results&type=SearchByID... Menu

Home > Certification > Verify A Certification

Need Help? Email Support SEARCH RESULTS

NEWS

Fitz, John December 6, 2017 ACI CONCRETE FIELD TESTING TECHNICIAN - GRADE I Expires: May 2, 2020 La Verne, CA 91750-3427

December 5, 2017 Results Per Page

December 5, 2017

December 1, 2017

December 1, 2017

November 29, 2017

November 27, 2017

November 22, 2017

ACI & YOU

Learn about the numerous resources and programs ACI offers for:

TOP

1 of 2 12/12/2017, 5:33 PM Verify A Certification https://www.concrete.org/certification/verifyacertification.aspx?m=results&type=SearchByID...

ACI Home Contact us News Marketing Toolkit Build Your Brand With ACI

Browse by Industry Role... Engineers Educators & Researchers Contractors Students

Tools 318 Building Code Portal 562 Repair Code Portal Career Center Frequently Asked Technical Questions Concrete International Product Guide

Copyright Privacy Policy Disclaimer Media Room Sitemap

TOP

2 of 2 12/12/2017, 5:33 PM Verify A Certification https://www.concrete.org/certification/verifyacertification.aspx?m=results&type=SearchByID... Menu

Home > Certification > Verify A Certification

Need Help? Email Support SEARCH RESULTS

NEWS

Jardine, Maxwell R December 6, 2017 ACI CONCRETE FIELD TESTING TECHNICIAN - GRADE I Expires: July 19, 2019 Alta Loma, CA 91701-8261

December 5, 2017 Results Per Page

December 5, 2017

December 1, 2017

December 1, 2017

November 29, 2017

November 27, 2017

November 22, 2017

ACI & YOU

Learn about the numerous resources and programs ACI offers for:

TOP

1 of 2 12/12/2017, 5:34 PM Verify A Certification https://www.concrete.org/certification/verifyacertification.aspx?m=results&type=SearchByID...

ACI Home Contact us News Marketing Toolkit Build Your Brand With ACI

Browse by Industry Role... Engineers Educators & Researchers Contractors Students

Tools 318 Building Code Portal 562 Repair Code Portal Career Center Frequently Asked Technical Questions Concrete International Product Guide

Copyright Privacy Policy Disclaimer Media Room Sitemap

TOP

2 of 2 12/12/2017, 5:34 PM Verify A Certification https://www.concrete.org/certification/verifyacertification.aspx?m=results&type=SearchByID... Menu

Home > Certification > Verify A Certification

Need Help? Email Support SEARCH RESULTS

NEWS

Troutt, Michael J December 6, 2017 ACI CONCRETE FIELD TESTING TECHNICIAN - GRADE I Expires: May 11, 2018 Harbor City, CA 90710-1734

December 5, 2017 Results Per Page

December 5, 2017

December 1, 2017

December 1, 2017

November 29, 2017

November 27, 2017

November 22, 2017

ACI & YOU

Learn about the numerous resources and programs ACI offers for:

TOP

1 of 2 12/12/2017, 5:36 PM Verify A Certification https://www.concrete.org/certification/verifyacertification.aspx?m=results&type=SearchByID... Menu

Home > Certification > Verify A Certification

Need Help? Email Support SEARCH RESULTS

NEWS

Chambers Jr, William G December 6, 2017 ACI CONCRETE FIELD TESTING TECHNICIAN - GRADE I Expires: February 27, 2021 Anaheim, CA 92808-1465

December 5, 2017 Results Per Page

December 5, 2017

December 1, 2017

December 1, 2017

November 29, 2017

November 27, 2017

November 22, 2017

ACI & YOU

Learn about the numerous resources and programs ACI offers for:

TOP

1 of 2 12/12/2017, 5:37 PM

AWS -- Certification Search https://app.aws.org/certification/search

Please enter a Certification number below, along with the last name of the individual to be verified. The certification number can be found on a wallet card or wall certificate provided by the individual. The search will return the certification number, name and expiration date for each certification held by that individual.

* Certification number

* Last name

Go

* Last Name

* First Name or First Initial

* Birth Month

* Birth Day

Search

AWS strongly suggests that the certification identity be verified with a government issued photo identification card, such as a driver’s license.

1 of 2 12/12/2017, 5:40 PM AWS -- Certification Search https://app.aws.org/certification/search

Please enter a Certification number below, along with the last name of the individual to be verified. The certification number can be found on a wallet card or wall certificate provided by the individual. The search will return the certification number, name and expiration date for each certification held by that individual.

* Certification number

* Last name

Go

* Last Name

* First Name or First Initial

* Birth Month

* Birth Day

Search

AWS strongly suggests that the certification identity be verified with a government issued photo identification card, such as a driver’s license.

1 of 2 12/12/2017, 5:41 PM AWS -- Certification Search https://app.aws.org/certification/search

Please enter a Certification number below, along with the last name of the individual to be verified. The certification number can be found on a wallet card or wall certificate provided by the individual. The search will return the certification number, name and expiration date for each certification held by that individual.

* Certification number

* Last name

Go

* Last Name

* First Name or First Initial

* Birth Month

* Birth Day

Search

AWS strongly suggests that the certification identity be verified with a government issued photo identification card, such as a driver’s license.

1 of 2 12/12/2017, 5:34 PM AWS -- Certification Search https://app.aws.org/certification/search

CAUTION: AWS QC1:2007, Standard for AWS Certification of Welding Inspectors, section 4.4 states:

4.4 The CAWI shall be able to perform inspections, under the direct supervision of a SCWI or CWI within visible and audible range, and as defined for the AWI as in AWS B5.1, Specification for the Qualification of Welding Inspectors. It is the SCWI or CWI, however, who has responsibility for certifying that welded assemblies conform to workmanship and acceptance criteria.

2 of 2 12/12/2017, 5:34 PM AWS -- Certification Search https://app.aws.org/certification/search

Please enter a Certification number below, along with the last name of the individual to be verified. The certification number can be found on a wallet card or wall certificate provided by the individual. The search will return the certification number, name and expiration date for each certification held by that individual.

* Certification number

* Last name

Go

* Last Name

* First Name or First Initial

* Birth Month

* Birth Day

Search

AWS strongly suggests that the certification identity be verified with a government issued photo identification card, such as a driver’s license.

1 of 2 12/12/2017, 5:35 PM 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

QA NDT Level III Certifications

Role Qualifications Name Entity Exp. Date QA Lead NDT Inspector – ASNT SNT-TC- Michael C. Smith-Emery 10/2018 UT 1A Level III Goodman QA Lead NDT Inspector – ASNT SNT-TC- Robert T. LA City 5/2018 LT/MT/RT/UT 1A Level III Peet QA Lead NDT Inspector – ASNT SNT-TC- Stephen M. Senne Technical 8/2018 ET/PT/MT/RT/LT/NR 1A Level III Senne Services

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 G FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

QA NDT Level III Certifications

Role Qualifications Name Entity Exp. Date QA Lead NDT Inspector – ASNT SNT-TC- Michael C. Smith-Emery 10/2018 UT 1A Level III Goodman QA Lead NDT Inspector – ASNT SNT-TC- Robert T. LA City 5/2018 LT/MT/RT/UT 1A Level III Peet QA Lead NDT Inspector – ASNT SNT-TC- Stephen M. Senne Technical 8/2018 ET/PT/MT/RT/LT/NR 1A Level III Senne Services

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 04/28/17 EA: 07-251204 D REV. 3

6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Appendix E – List of Acronyms

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 H FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

List of Acronyms

ASBI American Segmental Bridge Institute ASMR Assistant Structural Material Representative ASR Alkali-Silica Reaction BCA City Bureau of Contract Administration BCM Caltrans Bridge Construction Manual BIS City Business Inclusion Section BOE City Bureau of Engineering BOS City Bureau of Sanitation BPW City Board of Public Works Cal OSHA Division of Occupational Safety and Health CCO Construction Change Orders CDFW California Department of Fish and Wildlife CIDH Cast-In Drilled Hole Pile CIEP Capital Improvement Expenditure Program CITY City of Los Angeles CM Construction Management CMGC Construction Management General Contractor CO Change Order CPM Critical Path Method CV Construction Value DBE Disadvantage Business Enterprise ECO Emergency Change Order EEO Equal Employment Opportunities EIR Environmental Impact Report FEDERAL Indicating Federal Departments as main authority FHWA Federal Highway Administration FI Final Inspection GC General Contractor GFE Good Faith Estimate GSD General Services Department HBP Highway Bridge Program IAP Independent Assurance Program IIPP Injury and Illness Prevention Program IPW Inspector of Public Works IQA Independent Quality Assurance LADWP Los Angeles Department of Water & Power LAPM Caltrans Local Assistance Procedure Manual LI Lead Inspector MICLA Municipal Improvement Corporation of Los Angeles

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 11/10/2017 EA: 07-251204 A Rev. 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

List of Acronyms

MOT Maintenance of Traffic NDT Non-Destructive Testing NEPA National Environmental Policy Act NNC Notice of Non-Compliance NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System OCC Office of Contract Compliance OE Office Engineer ORE Oversight Resident Engineer OSM Office of Structural Materials OSMR Oversight Structural Materials Representative OSR Oversight Structural Representative PCE/PM Principle Civil Engineer/Project Manager PCO Preliminary Change Order PE Project Engineer PI Principle Inspector PM Post Mile PT Post-tension PTI Post-tension Institute PUC California Public Utilities Commission QA Quality Assurance QAP Quality Assurance Plan QC Quality Control QMP Quality Management Plan RCES Rail Crossing Engineering Section RE Resident Engineer RFI Request for Information ROD Record of Decision ROW (R/W) Right of Way RWQCB Regional Water Quality Controls Board SBE Small Business Enterprise SCG Southern California Gas Company SHPO State Historic Preservation Officer SIQMP Source Inspection Quality Management SMR Structural Materials Representative SR Structural Representative SRI Special Research & Investigation SSW Skanska-Stacy and Witbeck, a Joint Venture STATE State of California SWPPP Storm water Pollution Prevention Plans

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 11/10/2017 EA: 07-251204 B Rev. 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

List of Acronyms

SWRCB State Water Resources Control Board T&M Time & Material Records TBD To Be Determined UCO Unilateral Change Order USACE U.S. Army Corps of Engineers

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 11/10/2017 EA: 07-251204 C Rev. 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Appendix F- Inspection Material List (Tier List)

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 I FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement List of Items - 100% Foundation Design Documents

Caltrans # Item Category Component List Ref. DWG. Inspection Method Equivalent Tier Priority 1 Asphalt Various Batch Plant Testing 3 2 Crushed Misc. Base Various Batch Plant Testing 3 3 Concrete Various Batch Plant Testing 3 4 Tactile CC-401 Source or Field 3 5 Catch Basin Hardware - Grating D-401 Shop Inspected 3 6 Street Light Pole Various Shop Inspected 2 7 Street Light Pole Anchor Assemblies Various Shop Inspected 2 8 Traffic Signal Pole Various Shop Inspected 2 Road Way 9 18" RCP D-401 Shop Inspected 3 10 8" Perforated HDPE or PVC Pipe for Underdrain D-402 Source or Field 3 11 Filter Fabric for Bioretention Ponds D-402 Source or Field 3 12 Precast Catch Basin Per S-361-0 (Modified without Inlet Section) D-405 Shop Inspected 3 13 Storm Drain Manhole "EZ" Per S-381-0 D-406 Shop Inspected 3 14 Striping Various Source or Field 3 15 Ped Push Buttons TS-401 Source or Field 3 16 Manhole Rings and Covers Various Shop Inspected 3 17 200W HPS EQ. BSL-101 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 18 250W HPS EQ. BSL-101 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 19 310W HPS EQ. BSL-101 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 20 152W LED Satin Alum Finish, GE Evolve Series SL-101 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 21 30W Linear LED, 4', Philips eW Graze Powercore SL-101 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 22 45W Low Bay LED, Recessed, Dialight Durosite SL-101 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 23 301W LED, Satin alum finish, GE evolve series SL-101 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 24 15W Linear LED, 2', Philips eW Graze Powercore SL-101 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 25 3.57w-FT Wagner Lumenrail SL-101 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 26 46W LED, Satin Aluminium finish, GE Evolve Series Wall Pack SL-101 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 27 Remote Monitoring Node SL-101 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 28 3/4" LFMC (Flex) SL-300 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 29 Anchor Bolt Assembly for 2' and 4' Linear LED, Philips eW Graze Powercore SL-300 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 30 Underpass Light Fixtures (Santa Fe) SL-304 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec Luminaires 31 Underpass Safety Chain with Concrete Expansion Anchor SL-304 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 32 250W Flood LED, Philips iW Reach Powercore, 23 deg lens SL-1100 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 33 250W Flood LED, Philips iW Reach Powercore, 8 deg lens SL-1100 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 34 125W Flood LED, Philips iW Reach Compact Powercore, 43 deg lens SL-1100 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 35 125W Flood LED, Philips iW Reach Compact Powercore, 13 deg lens SL-1100 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 36 1000W MH Flood Light (Soccer Lighting) SL-1101 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 37 100W LED Area Light (Park Lighting) SL-1101 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 38 60W LED (River Gateway) SL-1101 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 39 Lockable galv steel cover plate for accent lighting blockout 30"x20"x10" SL-1300 Source or Field 3 40 IP67 fiberglass control enclosure 22"Wx16"Lx5"D inside dim. SL-1301 Source or Field 3 41 4" PVC Drain Pipe from In Grade Accent Light Box SL-1302 Source or Field 3 42 7 Gauge Steel Wire Guard Lid for Accent Light Box SL-1302 Source or Field 3 43 2'-6"Wx6'-6"Lx2'-3"D Concrete Accent Light Box SL-1302 Source or Field 3 44 4"x4" sq. tube steel Column Mounted Accent Light Support w/ Anchor Bolts SL-1302 Source or Field 3 45 BSL Modified Type 2 Pullbox SL-300 Source or Field Elec 46 10"x16"x8" traffic rated pull box SL-100 Source or Field Elec 47 10"x10"x6" structure pull box, NEMA 4, lockable SL-1202 Source or Field Elec 48 Electrical Boxes 10"Wx16"Lx8"D Junction Box SL-303 Source or Field Elec 49 Type 2 Handhole for Future Arch Lighting SL-303 Source or Field Elec 50 4"x4"x4" Junction Box for Underpass Light SL-304 Source or Field Elec 51 16"x22"x8" Structure Pull box, NEMA 4, Lockable SL-1202 Source or Field Elec 52 3" conduit SL-1100 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 53 3/4" Rigid Galv Steel (RGS) Conduit SL-300 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 54 Conduit 1-1/2" Rigid Galv Steel (RGS) Conduit SL-300 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 55 1" Rigid Galv Steel (RGS) Conduit SL-303 CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 56 1" RGS Conduit Supports Various CITY Elec. Insp. Elec 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement List of Items - 100% Foundation Design Documents

Caltrans # Item Category Component List Ref. DWG. Inspection Method Equivalent Tier Priority 57 CD953C w/ 6' arm and type 2 pullbox BSL-101 Shop Inspected 2 58 Cal. Type 17-4-100 w/ 6' L.A. and 15' T.S.M.A. and Type 2 Pullbox BSL-101 Shop Inspected 2 59 Cal. Type 19-4-100 w/ 6' L.A. and 25' T.S.M.A. and Type 2 Pullbox BSL-101 Shop Inspected 2 60 Electrolier 20' tapered round aluminum pole, satin aluminum finish, GE SL-100 Source or Field 3 61 16' tapered round aluminum pole, satin aluminum finish, GE SL-100 Source or Field 3 62 18' tapered round aluminum pole, satin aluminum finish, GE SL-100 Source or Field 3 63 Electrolier Anchor Plate Assembly SL-303 Shop Inspected 2 64 Lumenrails or LEDPods (Railing in Design) Various CITY Elec. Insp. Elec Bike and Ped Ramps 65 5'-0" Railing A-405 Source or Field 3 66 Deck Drain Type C (Modified) S0-06 Source or Field 3 67 Deck Drain Type C1 (Modified) S0-06 Source or Field 3 68 Deck Drain Type D-1 (Modified) S0-06 Source or Field 3 69 6" Welded Steel Pipe for Deck Drains S8-30 Source or Field 3 70 8" Welded Steel Pipe for Deck Drains S8-34 Source or Field 3 71 1/8"x1-1/2" Pipe Straps for Deck Drain Pipe w/ 2-1/2" Anchors S8-30 Source or Field 3 72 Cooper B-Line Clevis Hanger (Or Equivalent Supporting System) S8-34 Source or Field 3 73 Funnel (Removable) 24" Dia x 3/16" Thick Galvanized Welded Steel S8-31 Source or Field 3 74 Crash Cushion S0-06 Source or Field 3 75 10'-0" Galv. Metal Projectile Screen w/ Welded Wire Mesh Panels A-310 Source or Field 3 76 4'-0" Galv. Metal Railing w/ Welded Wire Mesh Panels A-310 Source or Field 3 77 Concrete Barrier Type 80 S0-06 Source or Field 3 78 Concrete Barrier Type 80A S0-06 Source or Field 3 79 Concrete Barrier Type 736 (or California ST-10) S2-09 Source or Field 3 80 Friction Pendulum Bearing S2-03 Shop Inspected 1 81 Level Bearing Pad S3-01 Source or Field 3 82 Bearing Plates S8-02 Shop Inspected 2 84 1-1/2" High Str Anchor Bolts for Bearing Plates S8-02 Shop Inspected 2 85 Isolation Casing S3-29 Source or Field 3 86 Non-Shrink Grout S8-02 Source or Field 3 87 Geocomposite Drain S8-16 Source or Field 3 Bridge 88 3" Slotted Plastic Pipe for Geocomposite Drain S8-16 Source or Field 3 89 3" Unslotted Plastic Pipe for Geocomposite Drain S8-16 Source or Field 3 90 Filter Fabric for Geocomposite Drain S8-16 Source or Field 3 91 2" PVC Test Pipe for Gamma Gamma Logging S3-25 Source or Field 3 92 1/2" Exp Joint Filler S2-12 Source or Field 3 93 4" Exp Polystyrene S2-12 Source or Field 3 94 3" Exp Polystyrene S3-20 Source or Field 3 95 2" Exp Polystyrene S3-03 Source or Field 3 96 1" Exp Polystyrene S3-07 Source or Field 3 97 1/2" Exp Polystyrene S8-17 Source or Field 3 98 Type A Joint Seal Various Sample and Test 2 99 1/4" Mesh Cloth Cover 10"x10" over 5" Vent/Drain S5-37 Source or Field 3 100 Closed Cell Backer Rod S5-37 Source or Field 3 101 Glazed Open Cell Backer Rod S8-06 Source or Field 3 102 Seismic Joint S8-06 Shop Inspected 2 103 Channel Assembly (Dwg S8-09) S8-09 Shop Inspected 3 104 2-3/8" Polyester Concrete Overlay (Used for Expansion Joint) S8-06 Source or Field 3 105 Self Consolidating Concrete SCC (Used in Expansion Joint Blockout) S8-06 Source or Field 3 106 1" Riser Plate Assembly w/ 5/8" A307 Bolts and 6-5/8" Anchor Bolts (Dwg S8-55) S8-55 Shop Inspected 3 107 Bridge Paint - Concrete Various Source or Field 3 108 Bridge Paint - Bearings A-311 Shop Inspected 2 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement List of Items - 100% Foundation Design Documents

Caltrans # Item Category Component List Ref. DWG. Inspection Method Equivalent Tier Priority 110 Upper Hanger Bracket S5-70 Shop Inspected 1 111 Lower Hanger Bracket S5-70 Shop Inspected 1 112 2-3/4" Galvanized Structural Strand S5-70 Shop Inspected 1 113 Hanger Spacer S5-74 Shop Inspected 1 Cable Support System 114 Galvanized Rotating Fork Socket S5-70 Shop Inspected 1 115 Galvanized Adjustable Rotating Fork Socket S5-70 Shop Inspected 1 116 Galvanized Rotating Socket Link S5-70 Shop Inspected 1 117 Anchor and Trap Plate for Hanger Brackets S5-71 Shop Inspected 1 118 4" PT Duct S7-03 Source or Field 3 119 3-3/4" PT Duct S3-08 Source or Field 3 120 Tendons (PT Strand) S6-20 Shop Inspected 2 121 PT Bearing Plates S5-36 Shop Inspected 2 Post Tensioning 122 PT Couplers S6-80 Shop Inspected 2 123 4-1/2" PT Duct Various Source or Field 3 124 0.6" Strand PT Anchors (L1-4 and U1-4) S6-95 Shop Inspected 2 125 0.6" Strand PT Anchors (U5-L5) S6-95 Shop Inspected 2 126 #4 Various Shop Inspected 3 127 #5 Various Shop Inspected 3 128 #4, #5, and #6 Epoxy Coated Rebar at Architectural Concrete S3-19 Shop Inspected 2 129 #4, #5, and #6 Epoxy Coated Rebar at Stair Concrete S5-20 Shop Inspected 2 130 #5 T Headed Bar S3-19 Shop Inspected 2 Reinforcing Steel 131 #6 Various Shop Inspected 3 Fabricated reinforcing 132 #8 Various Shop Inspected 3 steel (i.e. engineered 133 #10 Various Shop Inspected 3 piles, grade beams), 134 Headed #8 Various Shop Inspected 2 coatings (i.e. epoxy, 135 #11 Various Shop Inspected 3 galvanized), etc., will 136 require shop inspection. #7 Various Shop Inspected 3 138 #14 Various Shop Inspected 3 139 Mechanical Butt Splice Couplers S5-23 Shop Inspected 2 140 Ultimate Couplers Various Shop Inspected 2 141 #7 Welded Hoops S8-53 Shop Inspected 2 142 #9 Welded Hoops S3-25 Shop Inspected 2 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Appendix G- QA Verification Test Frequency

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 J FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement Shop (Source) Inspection Frequency and Testing - Structural Items

Caltrans Applicable Item Component Subcomponent QA Action QA Frequency Submittal Spec. Standards

Lower/Upper Hanger Brackets / Spacers / Galvanized Steel Inspection Visual WQCP - Pre-weld meeting - Rotating Fork Socket / Galvanized Adjustable Rotating In process Weld and QA NDT (10% - AWS D1.5 - Steel Fabrication 51-2.02G Shop Drawings - Pre- Arch. Cable Fork Socket / Galvanized Rotating Socket Link / Anchor Inspection 10% - 100% See App K FCM fabrication meeting Support System and Trap Plate for Hanger Brackets for details)

1 Per Reel or Pack and ASTM A568 Gr Galvanized Hanger Strands Hanger Strands N/A Sampling/Testing Shop Drawings Heat 2 Strands for Arch Rib Floor Beam (Transverse) Strands 50-1.02B Sampling/Testing 1 Per Reel or Pack ASTM A416 Shop Drawings Project Friction Pendulum Bearing Performance Verification Witness Testing Every Bearing Special Special In process Clean & Paint Inspection Per Friction Pendulum Bearing Painting 59-2 ASTM various PQWP Submittal Paint Inspection QASI Manual ASTM A 576, Gr 1-1/2" High Str Anchor Bolts for Bearing Plates Anchor Bolts 55 Sampling/Testing See App K for details Shop Drawings 1045 Type A Joint Seal Elastomeric material 51-2.02D Testing 1 per lot ASTM D2628

Steel Inspection Visual WQCP - Pre-weld meeting - In process Weld and QA NDT (10% - Seismic Joint Steel Fabrication 51-2.02G AWS D1.5 Shop Drawings - Pre- Inspection 10% - 100% See App K fabrication meeting for details)

Witnessing QC Testing Reinforcing Steel Headed Bars 52-5.01D Witness Testing ASTM A970 Qualification Report See App K WQCP - Pre-weld meeting - In process Weld Steel Inspection Visual Reinforcing Steel Field Welding 52 AWS D1.4 Shop Drawings - Pre- Inspection and QA NDT fabrication meeting Prestressing Strands 50-1.02B Sampling/Testing 1 Per Reel or Pack ASTM A416 Typ. ASTM Prestressing Bearing Plates 50 Sampling/Testing 1 per heat Shop Drawings A536 Special per App Prestressing Anchor Head Couplers 50-1.02D Sampling/Testing Every coupler Shop Drawings K Anchor Head Couplers - Special performance Special per App Prestressing 50-1.02D In process Witness Qualification Report Performance Testing test K Typ. ASTM Prestressing Anchor Heads 50 Sampling/Testing 1 per heat Shop Drawings A536 Per Spec / 20% of QC CIDH Piles Reinforcing Steel Welded Hoops 52-6.01C Sampling/Testing CT 670 Qualification Report See App K for details Street Light Poles and Traffic Poles Anchor Bolts 86 Sampling/Testing See App K for details ASTM F1554 Shop Drawings Electrical Luminaires / Electrolier / Bridge Lighting Components City of LA Arms/Poles Inspection Steel Inspection Visual AWS D1.1 Shop Drawings Procedures Reinforcing Steel Epoxy Coated Bars 52-2.03A Sampling/Testing 1 per lot of release ASTM A775 Per Spec / 20% of QC Reinforcing Steel Gr 60 Mechanical Couplers 52-6.01C Sampling/Testing CT 670 Qualification Report See App K for details

CT 670, with addition of Mechanical Couplers (not a Per Spec / 20% of QC control bar Reinforcing Steel Gr 80 bid item; Contractor's 52-6.01C Sampling/Testing Qualification Report See App K for details samples and Various elective) reported strain value per App K

Every Heat - Gr. 60 Pin Reinforcing Steel Gr 80 Rebar Material 55 Sampling/Testing ASTM A706 Diam. On Bend Test ASTM A325, High Strength Bolts, Non- Fasteners 55 Sampling/Testing See App K for details A490, F1554, Shop Drawings headed Anchor Bolts A354

SIQMP Rev 3A App G 12/13/2017 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Appendix H – CITY QA Inspection Forms Third party QA inspection forms will be provided when the third party QA inspection company is determined. The following set of forms are provided: - CITY QA Inspection Forms - CITY NDT Testing Forms - CITY Project Final Inspection and Acceptance Forms

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 K FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

CITY QA Inspection Forms

Form Number Form Name Form Application Used for sketches, photos, calculations, images, charts BCA M-149 Project Record Addendum etc. Documenting breakdown of daily work done, work BCA M-150 Daily Report for Bid Items quantity and payment information Daily Report for Change Documenting changes in contract quantities, extra BCA M-151 Order Work work etc. Documenting bid items, problems, conversations, BCA M-152 Project General Log Form memos, visitors and weather Documenting information on project subcontractors, BCA M-153 Project Information inspectors, engineers and District Supervisor Documenting location, type of material used, required BCA M-154 Compaction Test Log compaction and test result BCA M-155 Concrete Cylinder Test Log Documenting location and PSI information Documenting number and type of equipment used on BCA M-157E Daily Recap of Equipment site Documenting number and type of personnel from BCA M-157P Daily Recap of Personnel specified Contractors on site Documentation of a source inspection non- BCA M-158 Non-Compliances conformance issue Description of Contractor Limits, Work Done, added Construction Inspector’s BCA-328 instructions, Sampling etc. (Source Daily Job Report Inspection/Material Verification/ QA Sampling) Notice of Materials to be CEM-3101 Summary of Materials to be furnished Used

1065-BE Job Memorandum Documenting basic job information

Documenting notification of a source inspection non- 1065-AE Notice of Non-Compliance conformance issue Concrete Plant Inspectors Analysis of concrete being used as well as brand/ 1007-A Daily Report quality parameters Analysis of asphalt properties, certifications and batch Asphalt Plant Inspector’s 1007-B information Daily Report

Plant Inspectors Report to Documents containing plant and job information to be PIR-01 Field Inspector sent to inspector Documenting description of specific material that has 78-1316a Inspected Ticket (Yellow) been inspected (QA Material Release Tag) Reporting QA test results back to the project personnel GS/STD 911 QA Testing Reporting (QA Test Results Reporting)

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 L FINAL REV 3A S A M P L E S A M P L E S A M P L E S A M P L E S A M P L E S A M P L E S A M P L E S A M P L E S A M P L E S A M P L E S A M P L E Distribution DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS Part 1-(White)-Job File Part 2-(Yellow)-Inspector City of Los Angeles BCA-328 (Rev. 1/00) Bureau of Contract Adminatration

CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR'S DAILY JOB REPORT Page

JOB TITLE JOB No.

Hours Description of Work Done, Contractor, Limits, Quantities, Sampling, Instructions to Contractor (See Bureau Manual, B1-3 Records & reports)

S A M P L E

Type of Work Inspector

Work Location Date CITY OF LOS ANGELES - DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS NOTICE OF MATERIALS TO BE USED Bureau of Engineering Sixth Street Viaduct Replacement Project 585 S Santa Fe Ave, Los Angeles, CA 90013 CITY-CEM-3101 ,

To (Resident Engineer): Date:

You are hereby notified that materials required for use under Contract No. ( City Project ID: BRLSZD-5006 / EA:07-251204)

Dist. : 07 Co. LA Rte: 101 P.M. S0.2 will be obtained from the following sources: Contract Bid Item Manufacturer/Provider Names(s) and Contract Item Description (4) Item Component (5) Item Sub Component (5) Number Item Code Address(es) (6) (2) (3)

It is requested that you arrange for sampling, testing and inspection of materials prior to delivery in accordance with Section 6 of the Standard Specifications. It is understood that source inspection does not relieve the prime contractor of the full responsibility for incorporating into the work, materials that comply in all respects with the contract plans and specifications. Nor does it preclude the subsequent rejection of materials found to be unsuitable. Yours Truly,

BUREAU OF CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION Contractor: MATERIALS CONTROL GROUP Email: [email protected] Address: Fax: (213) 485-5080 S ABusiness Phone: M Business Fax:P L E-Mail:E Form 1065-BE (Rev.11/04) DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS City of Los Angeles J O B M E M O R A N D U M BUREAU OF CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION

To:

Job Title: Job Number:

Contractor/Permittee:

Subject:

District Office: Phone:

THIS MEMO DELIVERED TO BUREAU OF CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION INSPECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS

By SNAME A M INSPECTOR'SP SIGNATURE L E ON DATE & TIME INSPECTORS'S NAME PRINTED

FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

DISTRIBUTION: ORIGINAL: Main Office for mailing WHITE: Issue on Job Division Chief: PINK: Main Office CANARY: Job Envelope Supervisor: GREEN: District Office Form 1065-AE (Rev.10/04) NOTICE OF NON-COMPLIANCE

City of Los Angeles DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS BUREAU OF CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION

PERMITTEE/CONTRACTOR JOB NUMBER

CONTRACTOR

JOB TITLE OR ADDRESS

YOU ARE DIRECTED TO COMPLY WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS OR CORRECT THE UNACCEPTABLE CONDITIONS ON THIS PROJECT AS DESCRIBED BELOW:

DISTRICT OFFICE PHONE

THE SPECIFIC REFERENCE DOCUMENTS RELATED TO THESE CONDITIONS OR INSTRUCTIONS ARE LISTED BELOW. (INDICATE SOURCE SUCH AS PLAN, SPECIFICATION, MUNICIPAL CODE. INCLUDE SPECIFIC CHAPTER, PAGE OR SUBSECTION REFERENCE.)

THIS NOTICE DELIVERED TO BUREAU OF CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION INSPECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS

By SNAME A M PINSPECTOR'S SIGNATUREL E ON DATE & TIME INSPECTOR'S NAME PRINTED

FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

DISTRIBUTION: WHITE: Main Office for mailing Division Chief CANARY: Issue on Job PINK: Main Office File G. ROD: Job Envelope GREEN: District Office Supervisor S A M P L E S A M P L E S A M P L E S A M P L E S A M P L E S A M P L E 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

CITY NDT Testing Forms

Form Number Form Name Form Application STD/SPL2 Report of Magnetic Particle Documenting information about equipment used and Testing test results/ remarks of NDT MT Procedures STD/SPL2 Report of Ultrasonic Documenting information about equipment used test Testing results/ remarks NDT UT Procedures

Third party QA inspection forms will be provided when the third party QA inspection company is determined.

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 M FINAL REV 3A S A M P L E S A M P L E 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

CITY Project Final Inspection and Acceptance Form

Form Number Form Name Form Application BCA-1332BFC Statement of Completion For accepting the project from the contractor. Form 581-A Final Inspection Correction For generating final inspection correction list (punch List list) Form 1242-E Notice to Final Inspector Final inspection notifications N/A Project Acceptance Letter A joint acceptance letter between BCA and BOE for reporting back to Board of Public Works for accepting the project

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 N FINAL REV 3A S A M P L E S A M P L E S A M P L E COMPLETION NOTICE AND JOINT REPORT

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS

BUREAU OF CONTRACT ADMTNTSTRA TION BUREAU OF ENGINEERING JOINT REPORT NO. _ _ _

C.D. No. 13

FLETCHER DRIVE BRIDGE OYER LOS ANGELES RIVER FEDERAL PROJECT NO. BRLZ-5006 (263) E700200F

RECOMMENDATION

Accept this contract.

DISCUSSION

This contract was executed by your Board on January 10, 20 11 in the amount of $7,287 ,208.00. The construction, under Contract o. C-118439, Bond No. 620807, was completed on September 12, 2013 by Olivas Valdez, Inc.

This project provided for the state-mandated seismic retrofitting of the Fletcher Drive Bridge to meet the latest Caltrans seismic requirements. The retrofit scope included installation of new steel pipe piles, increasing the size of the pier footings, and providing a new reinforced concrete jacket around all the pier walls. The existing Bridge is 469 ft long and about 72 ft wide with very nominal reinforcement in the pier walls. The construction work involved river water diversion and vegetation removal/replanting in accordance with regulatory permit requirements of the Army Corps of Engineers.

This project was awarded for $7,287,108.00 with a contingency of $728,711.00, giving a total authorized budget of $8,015,819.00. On December 15 , 20 14, your Board adopted Joint Report No. 1, which increased the contingency funding of this project by $544, 181.00 giving a revised authorized budget of $8,560,000.00. Twenty-four (24) change orders were issued increasing the contract amount by $1 ,261,973.95, bringing the total cost of this project to $8,549,081.95. The project was completed at 17.32 percent above the awarded amount and 0.13 percent below its authorized budget. The primary cause for the change orders was due to differing field conditions and additional concrete quantity adjustments. The most significant change orders were a result of inaccuraciesS in the dimensionsA show nM on the United StatesP Army CorpsL of Engineer E as-built plans from 1956. Both the actual bridge footings and actual pier walls thicknesses were larger than what was documented and shovvn and, therefore, required more concrete and steel. Additionally, the thickness of the concrete channel liner was, in actuality, twice as thick as the dimensions shown on the original Army Corps plans. The contractor was, therefore, compensated for the additional resources necessary to complete the job. The costs for the new adjusted quantmes were submitted and approved for reimbursement by Caltrans under the Highway Bridge Program.

Final co1Tections were completed on September 12, 2013. A request to release $238,696.50 in retention funds, less disputed funds was processed on September 27, 2013, via Progress Payment To. 23. A request to release $65,881.60 in disputed funds was processed on April 30, 2014, via Progress Payment o. 28, after the Bureau of Contract Administration (BCA) received additional information from the Contractor. A final release of $34,777.30 in disputed funds was processed on February 20, 2015, via Progress Payment 1o. 31 (final), after BCA received all required information from the Contractor. Progress Payments were submitted from BCA to the Office of Accounting.

There were no funds disputed or withheld. Therefore no funds are due the contractor.

Funds were provided in the following: • Special Gas Tax Fund, Fund No. 206/50/SOE944 • Subventions & Grants Fund, Fund o. 305/50/EB07

The contractor has complied with the Equal Employment and labor compliance requirements of the contract. This project is Federally-funded and subject to the City's Race-Conscious/ Race- Teutral Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Program in accordance with regulations of the U.S. Department of Transportation, 49 Code of Federal Regulations, Part 26 and Caltrans' Race-Conscious/ Race-Neutral DBE Program. The project was advertised with an Underutilized Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (UDBE) goal of 7.74 percent and a DBE participation level of 6.17 percent. The contract was awarded with the bidder' s pledge of O percent UDBE, 42.87 percent DBE, and 12.44 percent Other Business Enterprise (OBE). The actual participation levels achieved were O percent UDBE, 44.04 percent DBE, and 9.06 percent OBE.

Olivas Valdez, lnc. achieved the following subcontractor participation levels:

Gender/Ethnicity Codes:

AA = African American HA Hispanic American APA = Asian Pacific American SAA = Subcontinent Asian American A = Native American c = Caucasian M = Male F Female

Pledged Achieved Achieved UDBE/ Gender/ Dollar($) Dollar (S) Percentage Subcontractor DBE/ OBE E thnicity Amount Amount (%) Olivas Valdez, Inc. (Prime) DBE M/HA $3, 123,885 .40 $3,764,810.00 44.04% R&D Steel, Tnc. S AQBE M- $630P,816.00 L$697,1 24.8 2 E8.15% Visual Pollution Teclu10logies, Inc. OBE - S28,000.00 $28,000.00 0.33% Sepulveda Construction- I OBE - $247,773.00 $0.00 0.00% Goss Construction Co., Inc. OBE - - $49. 157.06 0.57% Total UDBE S0.00 S0.00 0.00% Total DBE $3,123,885.40 S3,764,810.00 44.04% Total OBE $906,589.00 $774,281.88 9.06% I Final Contract Amount SS,549,081.95 Note: The Race-Conscious DBE Participation Level (UDBE) was calculated using the dollar amounts of the DBE-certified subcontractors from the following four groups: African Americans. Asian Pacific Americans, Native Americans. and Women. l:ly definition. the Race-Neutral DBE Participation Level (DfiE) is inclusive of the aforementioned four groups as well as DBE-certified Hispanic Americi!nS and Subcontinent Asian Americans. However, for the purpose of this report, the Race-, cutral DBE Participation Level (DBE) was calculated using the dollar amount, of the DBE-certified subcontractors that are etther Hispanic Americans or Subcontinent Asian Americans only. •The City approved the substitution of this subcontractor with the Prime's own forces.

There are no unresolved property owners' complaints in connection with this project.

The Contractor Performance Evaluation Repmis have been submitted to the Bureau of Contract Administration as required for compliance with Article 13, Chapter 1, Division 10 of the City of Los Angeles Administrative Code.

The Inspector of Public Works, John L. Reamer, Jr. , in accordance with generally accepted quality assurance/control procedures and construction inspection methods and practices, including such special inspections that were deemed necessary and prudent, hereby attests that this project has been constructed in accordance with the plans, specifications, change orders, and contract provisions.

( MW - HC - WFB - JA )

Repo1i prepared by: Respectfully submitted, G. Azevedo

GENERAL SERVICES DIVISION JOHN L. REAMER, JR. Walter Bradley Inspector of Public Works Assistant Director (2 13) 847-2323 GARY LEE MOORE, PE, ENV SP City Engineer

oe Arce, Project Manager (213) 485-5209 Mail Stop 495-1 S A M P L E 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Appendix I – QA Verification Laboratory Qualification Table 10 summarizes list of QA verification laboratories qualifications that will be utilized in this project.

Table 1: List of QA Verification Laboratories Scope of Testing Certification Lab Name Per CITY QAP or 3rd Party Welded Hoops LA City or Smith-Emery Corp Certification Per CITY QAP or 3rd Party Couplers LA City or Smith-Emery Corp Certification Per CITY QAP or 3rd Party Headed Bars LA City or Smith-Emery Corp Certification Per CITY QAP or 3rd Party Epoxy Coated Bars LA City or Smith-Emery Corp Certification Per CITY QAP or 3rd Party LA City or Smith-Emery Corp Prestressing Strands Certification Steel Check Samples – Per CITY QAP or 3rd Party LA City or Smith-Emery Corp metallurgical laboratory Certification Per CITY QAP or 3rd Party Fastener Testing LA City or Smith-Emery Corp Certification

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 O FINAL REV 3A City of Los Angeles Department of General Services

Standards Division

“Setting the Standards for Excellence in Materials Testing” SM

2319 Dorris Place Los Angeles, CA 90031 (213) 485-2242 Fax (213) 485-5075 1

INDEX

SUBJECT PAGE

M ission Statement ...... 3

Organizational Structure ...... 3

Clients Serviced ...... 4

M aterials Testing Services ...... 5

I.A.T. Unit ...... 6

Enviro-Chem Section ...... 7

Geotechnical Section ...... 9

Construction Section ...... 13

Routinely Tested Materials ...... 21

2 STANDARDS DIVISION MISSION STATEMENT

To provide all City agencies a complete range of materials testing services in the fields of design, construction and environmental protection in the most cost effective and timely manner with motivated, competent and experienced professional staff using state-of-the-art procedures and equipment.

ORGANIZATIONAL CHART

GENERAL SERVICES

Standards Div ision

I.A.T, Admininstration, Roads & Highway System s & Enviro -Ch em Geotechnical Section Construction Section Section Section

Special Projects Special & I.A.T. Asphalt Lab Group Research Lab

Pavement Administration Compaction Lab Physical Lab Evaluation

Foundation & Site In vestigation / Systems Classification Drilling

Enviro-Chem

3 STANDARDS DIVISION CLIENT LIST

Bureau of Contract Administration Bureau of Engineering Bureau of Sanitation Bureau of Street Lighting Bureau of Street Services City of Glendale Community Redevelopment Agency Convention Center & Exhibition Center Authority Department of Water & Power Fire Department General Services Department Los Angeles World Airports Port of Los Angeles (Harbor) Private Companies (doing business with Los Angeles) Recreation & Parks Department

Transportation Department

4 MATERIALS TESTING SERVICES

Standards Division is the largest most comprehensive licensed materials testing laboratory for the City of Los Angeles mandated by Admin. Code Title 7, Article 22.530 and 22.531 to provide unbiased quality control and acceptance testing for all City Departments in the major fields of Design, Construction and Environmental Control. The services provided by the division include the following:

♦ Monitoring the quality of construction materials and construction methods employed

♦ Determining the extent and severity of contamination in soil, ground water, industrial waste, sewers, and storm drains

♦ Assisting in writing and modifying specifications

♦ Determining and verifying the adequacy of the parameters used in the design of projects

♦ Initiating programs to find efficient and economical ways to serve the public

Tests are performed in strict compliance with ASTM, ACI, AASHTO, EPA, Green Book, California Test Methods, or other relevant procedures and specifications as required by the individual project. The Standards Division is subject to federal, state, and local certification and licensing requirements.

5 I.A.T. UNIT

INDEPENDENT ASSURANCE TESTING (I.A.T.) provides independent evaluation of material sampling and testing methods to assure compliance with federal quality requirements.

Concrete slump test performed by a Standards Technician while being witnessed by an I.A.T. officer.

Certification exam being given to employees to ensure a high level of competence with the testing procedures respective to the labs which they are assigned and to meet Federal and State requirements for compliance testing.

6 ENVIRO-CHEM SECTION

The Environmental-Chemistry Section (Enviro-Chem) consists of three fully equipped environmental and chemical testing laboratories certified by the State of California. These labs perform analysis on materials including wastewater, industrial waste, and solids using EPA approved methods. The labs provide testing to satisfy the requirements of local, state, and federal programs such as Title 22, UST, and NPDES.

CHEMICAL LABORATORY analyzes for traditional wastewater constituents such as total and fecal coliform, BOD, cyanide, phenols, nitrogen compounds, and anions (chloride, fluoride, etc.) The solid materials tested include cement, soil, aggregate, concrete, lime slurry.

INORGANIC LABORATORY analyzes samples for over twenty-five metals including lead, selenium, mercury, and arsenic.

ORGANIC LABORATORY tests for more than 150 constituents including benzene, toluene, chloroform, and DDT. Analyses performed include VOC, PCB, BNA and other semi-volatile organic compounds, pesticides, as well as gasoline and diesel range petroleum hydrocarbons.

SUPPORT UNITS

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS maintains and enhances information systems and lab automation for the division.

ADMINISTRATIVE UNIT supports Standards operational sections in personnel management, cost accounting, billing and time keeping functions.

7 Chemist loading soil samples into headspace autosampler for evaluating Volatile Organic Compounds using GC/MS.

Chemist determining anions in samples using Ion Chromatograph

Evaluating Inorganic Compounds on ICP-AES

Calibrating carbon monoxide, nitrogen dioxide and flammable gas detection meters at various Fleet Services fueling locations

8 GEOTECHNICAL SECTION

The Geotechnical Section consists of three areas that provide soil testing services as well as earthwork construction monitoring.

COMPACTION LABORATORY tests soils for relative compaction. Certified personnel conduct field in-place density tests using both the nuclear gauge and sand cone methods. Soil is tested for lab maximum density and optimum moisture content, which in turn are used to compare with field density and moisture content to determine relative compaction and optimum moisture content.

Nuclear gauge testing for soils compaction by a M aterials Testing Technician.

Compacting Sample for ASTM D1577 Curve (Lab. Max)

9 FOUNDATION & CLASSIFICATION LABORATORY performs soil tests including particle size, Atterberg limits, direct shear, consolidation, triaxial, California Bearing Ratio, R-Value, and Permeability. These tests determine the soil parameters used in formulation design and construction recommendations.

Sample Splitting & Sieving

M achine for determining R-Value, S-Value, and CBR

Fully automated Direct Shear Testing

10 SPECI AL PROJ EC TS UNI T inspects and monitors earthwork construction activit ies such as excavations and backfill compaction. This group performs fill certifications to be approved by Building and Safety Department, coordinates field and lab soil testing during construction, and records field observations. Seismic testing on unreinforced masonry buildings is also provided by this group.

Paving of Taxiway C shoulder area at Los Angeles International Airport

Construction of bridge over Sepulveda Boulevard for Taxiway C widening

Airport Drive Improvement Project at Ontario Airport

11 East Valley Solid Resources Management Ontario Airport Parking Lot Expansion Complex in Sun Valley

Laurie Drive Landslide Slope Repair Boyle Heights Youth Technology & Recreation Center

Astral Drive Washout Investigation Taxiway N Easterly Extension project at Ontario International Airport. 12 CONSTRUCTION SECTION

The Construction Section consists of five units that provide testing services on construction materials and also drilling and coring services.

ROADS & HIGHWAYS GROUP consisting of Pavement Evaluation and Asphalt Laboratory provides complete services for road construction, reconstruction and maintenance. All phases from planning, evaluation, design, mix design, construction monitoring, and quality control are supported.

PAVEMENT EVALUATION provides Nondestructive Deflection Testing services for use in pavement structural evaluation and overlay design for flexible and rigid pavement. This lab also provides core sampling on pavement and wall structures.

Sensor array for a truck mounted Falling Weight Deflectometer (FWD) for evaluating pavement structural integrity non-destructively.

Ground Penetrating Radar mounted on the front of this truck can measure pavement and base layer thickness. FWD is mounted in rear of truck.

13 ASPHALT LABORATORY tests asphalt based paving materials and is AMRL accredited. Full support for paving projects from mix design verification to compaction testing by nuclear gauge. Testing is performed on Emulsion Aggregate Slurry, Asphalt Concrete, Rubberized Recycled Asphalt Concrete, Aggregate, Emulsion, Asphalt Cement, Mixture Additives, and Recycling Agents.

Asphalt concrete sample taken from the hot mat of a Street Services paving operation for testing.

Slurry sample taken from slurry seal operation for testing.

Indirect tensile strength test on a gyratory compacted asphalt concrete specimen using the Universal Testing M achine

14 Superpave binder test on the Dynamic Superpave binder testing on Rotational Shear Rheometer Viscometers

Core sample being taken for the Pier 400 Project Quality assurance testing with a nuclear gauge at the Harbor. on asphalt concrete at Pier 400.

A residential street undergoing refurbishment by M aterials Testing Technician monitoring means of a recent advance in paving technology roadway compaction effort by means of CPN known as “Cold-In-Place Recycling – Foamed Soil Nuclear Density Gauge. Enhanced Base Stabilization”.

15 PHYSICAL LABORATORY performs compression strength tests on concrete and masonry products. Tensile strength tests are performed on steel products including reinforcing steel and prestressed cables. D-load tests are performed on both concrete and clay pipe used for sewer and storm drain construction. Sampling and testing is also conducted on PCC aggregate.

Concrete sampled from the middle third of the truck load used in the construction of a handicapped access ramp.

Various stages of Aggregate Sieve Analysis

16 Various stages of Concrete Cylinder Testing

Various aspects of Rebar Testing

17 SPECIAL MATERIALS LABORATORY tests miscellaneous construction materials including paint, rubber, plastic, coatings, high strength bolts, metals, floor finishing materials, and sewer system liners. Nondestructive testing such as ultrasonic testing is also available for welds and construction materials.

Special Lab technician using an ultrasonic scanning device to inspect the structural integrity of welds at a manufacturing facility.

Skid Resistance testing at LAX

18 Some of the materials and tests performed using the Universal Testing M achine

Controlled drop test of Refuse Container

Spark testing of the top section of a large channel at Hyperion where there is live sewage flowing 19 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION (DRILLING) UNIT provides subsurface investigation through drilling, logging, and sampling services. Full laboratory support is available for testing the soil samples for engineering properties and possible chemical contamination. Other services include well installation and

Port of LA World Cruise Center Berth 93 Tommy Lasorda Field of Dreams

Tujunga Ave Sinkhole (Sun Valley) Oat Mountain NIKE Base

Soto St Gauging Chamber LAX Taxiway C-14 20 ROUTINELY TESTED MATERIALS

Asphalt Paints AC Aggregates Pavement Asphalt Concrete PCC Aggregates Base Materials Pipe Products (Clay, Concrete, Plastic, Steel) Cement Plastics Coatings Reinforcing Steel (Rebar) Concrete Sewer lines & Coatings Fireproof Materials Slurry Seal Geotextiles Soils Masonry Products Steel Products, Steel Welds Metals Water (Ground, Sewer, Storm Drain)

STATE OF THE ART TECHNOLOGY

Falling Weight Deflectometer Superpave Level 1 GC/MS Mix Design ICP-AES Binder Testing

NONDESTRUCTIVE TECHNOLOGY

Liquid Penetrant Testing Ultrasonic Testing Magnetic Particle Testing Spark Testing

21 GLOSSARY

AASHTO –American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACI –American Concrete Institute AMRL –AASHTO Materials Reference Laboratory ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials BNA –Base-Neutral and Acid Extractables BOD –Biological Oxygen Demand CBR –California Bearing Ratio DDT –Dichloro Diphenyl Trichlor EPA –Environmental Protection Agency GC/ MS –Gas chromatograph with mass spectrometer detector GREENBOOK –SSPWC: Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction ICP-AES –Inductive Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectrograph I.A.T. –Independent Assurance Testing NPDES –National Pollution Discharge Elimination System PCB –Polychlorinated Biphenyls PCC –Portland Concrete Cement R-VALUE –Resistance parameter for pavement design S-VALUE –Stability parameter from Hveem method S.T.A.R. –Safety, Training, Accreditation, Research Section US T –Underground Storage Tanks VOC –Volatile Organic Compounds

©2002-2011 City of Los Angeles. All Rights Reserved.

22

IAS Accreditation Number TL-191 Company Name Smith-Emery Laboratories, Inc. Address 781 E. Washington Blvd., Los Angeles, CA 90021 Contact Name Praful P. Patel, Ph.D., P.E. Quality Manager Telephone (213) 749-3411 Effective Date of Scope April 27, 2017 Accreditation Standard ISO/IEC 17025:2005

CMT

ASTM C39/C39M Standard test method for compressive strength of cylindrical concrete specimens

ASTM C138/C138M Standard test method for density (unit weight), yield, and air content (gravimetric) of concrete

ASTM C140/C140M Standard test methods for sampling and testing concrete masonry units and related units

ASTM C143/C143M Standard test method for slump of hydraulic-cement concrete

ASTM C511 Standard specification for mixing room, moist cabinets, moist rooms, and water storage tanks used in the testing of hydraulic cements and concretes

ASTM C617/C617M Standard practice for capping cylindrical concrete

Specimens

ICC ES AC87 Mortar containing admixtures (test methods referenced in section 3.0)

ICC ES AC155 Hold-downs (tie-downs) attached to wood members (test methods referenced in sections 3.0 and 4.0)

ICC ES AC170 Shear reinforcement devices in structural concrete (test methods referenced in section 3.0)

ICC ES AC347 Headed deformed bars (test methods referenced in sections 3.0 and 4.0)

ICC ES AC362 Adhesives for masonry construction (test methods referenced in sections 3.0 and 4.0 (excluding sections 4.5, 4.7 and 4.10)

UBC 18-1 Soils classification

International Accreditation Service, Inc. 3060 Saturn Street, Suite 100, Brea, California 92821 U.S.A Telephone +1 562-364-8201 — [email protected] www.iasonline.org Page 1 of 4

UBC 18-2 Expansion index test

Physical

ASTM C482 Standard test method for bond strength of ceramic tile to Portland cement paste

ASTM D570 Standard test method for water absorption of plastics

ASTM D638 Standard test method for tensile properties of plastics

ASTM D695 Standard test method for compressive properties of rigid plastics

ASTM D790 Standard test methods for flexural properties of unreinforced and reinforced plastics and electrical insulating materials

ASTM D882 Standard test method for tensile properties of thin plastic sheeting

ASTM D2240 Standard test method for rubber property—durometer hardness

ASTM D3039/D3039M Standard test method for tensile properties of polymer matrix composite materials

ASTM D4541 Standard test method for pull-off strength of coatings using portable adhesion testers

ASTM E2126 Standard test methods for cyclic (reversed) load test for shear resistance of vertical elements of the lateral force resisting systems for buildings

ICC ES AC191 Metal plaster bases (lath) (test methods referenced in sections 3.0 and 4.0)

FM 1950 Seismic sway braces for pipe, tubing and conduit (section 4.2 – cyclic testing (component testing) and section 4.3 – cyclic tests (assembly testing))

Structural

ASCE 19-96 Standard guidelines for the structural applications of steel cables for buildings

ASTM A370 Standard test methods and definitions for mechanical testing of steel products

ASTM A416/A416M Standard specification for low-relaxation, seven-wire steel strand for prestressed concrete

ASTM A615/A615M Standard specification for deformed and plain carbon-steel bars for concrete reinforcement

TL-191 Page 2 of 4 Smith-Emery Laboratories, Inc.

ASTM A970/A970M Standard specification for headed steel bars for concrete reinforcement

ASTM A1034/A1034M Standard test methods for testing mechanical splices for steel reinforcing bars

ASTM C627 Standard test method for evaluating ceramic floor tile installation systems using the Robinson-type floor tester

ASTM E18 Standard test methods for Rockwell hardness of metallic materials

ASTM E72 Standard test methods of conducting strength tests of panels for building construction

ASTM E330/E330M Standard test method for structural performance of exterior windows, doors, skylights and curtain walls by uniform static air pressure difference

ASTM E331 Standard test method for water penetration of exterior windows, skylights, doors, and curtain walls by uniform static air pressure difference

ASTM E455 Standard test method for static load testing of framed floor or roof diaphragm constructions for buildings

ASTM E564 Standard practice for static load test for shear resistance of framed walls for buildings

California Test 670 Method of test for mechanical and welded reinforcing steel splices

ICC ES AC16 Plastic glazed skylights (test methods referenced in sections A3.0 and A4.0)

ICC ES AC43 Steel deck roof and floor systems (test methods referenced in section 4)

ICC ES AC129 Steel moment frame connection systems (test methods referenced in section 4.0) load limited to 500 kips))

ICC ES AC133 Mechanical splice systems for steel reinforcing bars (test methods referenced in sections 3.0 and 4.0 of (excluding annex 4.0))

ICC ES AC230 Power-actuated fasteners for shear wall assemblies constructed with cold-formed steel framing and wood structural panels (test methods referenced in section 3.0)

ICC ES AC276 Segmental retaining walls (test methods referenced in section 3.2 and 3.3)

TL-191 Page 3 of 4 Smith-Emery Laboratories, Inc.

ICC ES AC390 Wall panels with a welded steel perimeter frame used in agricultural storage structures (test methods referenced in section 3.5)

ASCE: American Society of Civil Engineers FM: Factory Mutual

UBC: Uniform Building Code

TL-191 Page 4 of 4 Smith-Emery Laboratories, Inc.

6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Appendix J – Maintenance Cooperative Agreement

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 P FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Appendix J – Maintenance Cooperative Agreement

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 10/23/2017 EA: 07-251204 J Draft REV. 3A

6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Appendix K – QA Procedures for Key Elements QA shop inspection procedures for the following key materials are summarized in this Appendix. - Couplers - Welded Hoops - Headed Bars - Fasteners - Structural Steel - Grade 80 Reinforcement - Grade 80 Reinforcement Mechanical Splice - Grade 80 Reinforcement Butt Weld Splice - PT Anchor Head Couplers - PT Plastic Ducts All these procedures are adopted from Caltrans METS Office of Structural Materials (OSM) Quality Assurance and Source Inspection Manual (QASI Manual). A copy of QASI Manual can be found at:

http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/esc/Translab/OSM/documents/qualitysystem/qasimanual/OSM-QASI_Manual.pdf

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 Q FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Appendix K1 – QA Procedures for Key Elements - Couplers

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 R FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

K.1 Mechanical Couplers All Section references below are to 2010 Caltrans Standard Specification and its Addendum as set in project Specials. For more detail information see Section 52-D of QASI Manual.

K.1.1 General In accordance with Section 52-6, “SPLICING,” of the Standard Specifications, mechanical couplers must be on the Caltrans current Authorized Materials List (AML) to be used on this project, the AML can be found at: http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/esc/approved_products_list/pdf/steel_reinforcing_couplers.pdf Note that Grade 80 mechanical couplers are not on Caltrans Authorized Material List at this time (February, 2016), but a process has been started for review and authorization. Exceptions and/or additions to the QC/QA procedures for Grade 80 mechanical couplers are listed below for this project. See Section K.7 for Grade 80 reinforcement mechanical couplers. SSW must designates a splicing QC Manager, who reviews and approves all documents before submitting them to the RE such as the Splice Prequalification Report (SPR). For all sampling, a lot must be defined as 150 couplers or any fraction thereof of same size and type of couplers. Coupler QC/QA procedures, and especially sampling, can be complicated due to project specific circumstances such as staging and access. An example is if half of the coupler is installed in one stage and the mate is installed a year later in another stage. In these situations it can be beneficial to hold a “pre-splice” meeting with the Contractor, rebar contractor and Construction staff to work out the details. The SMR can assist in coordinating efforts for the pre-splice meeting and can provide an overview of the field communications and field sampling requirements to help prevent issues throughout the project. Subjects to discuss are: - Material traceability and lot tracking. - Sampling procedures for QC and QA samples. - Who is sampling the material in the field? - How are samples to be removed from the work and transported to QA lab?

K.1.2 Prequalification Sampling Per Section 52-6.01D(2) a prequalification sample is prepared prior to work beginning and is meant to certify the personnel that will be installing the couplers in the field. The assembly of these splices need not be performed at the jobsite, or in the specific position in which it will be installed in the field. The operator need only be certified in the type of coupler and size of bar that is being spliced using the same equipment that will be used in the field. These samples are then tested by an independent laboratory and the results are included in the Splice

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 11/10/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.1-1 Rev 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Prequalification Report that is reviewed and approved by the Quality Control Manager (QCM) prior to being submitted to BCA.

K.1.2.1 Sampling Fabricator prepares samples while being witnessed by a QA inspector. Figure K1.1 shows QC/QA sampling lots of the couplers. - Splices should be assembled to manufacturer’s specifications by a certified operator - For each bar size, 2 prequalification splice test samples are to be taken - If the splices are dependent on bar deformations, submit an additional 2 samples - Samples should be 4 feet long for #8 and smaller, and 6 feet long for anything larger - For ultimate splice control bar the samples should be 3 feet long for #8 and smaller, and 5 feet long for anything larger - Control bars are required for mechanical splices utilizing Grade 80 couplers. Follow CT 670, with inclusion of the following: Control bars must comply with the requirements in Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 52. 1) Apply an axial tensile load to the sample sufficient to cause failure. 2) Note the maximum load obtained and record on the Test Form. 3) Calculate the ultimate tensile strength by dividing the maximum load by the sample’s nominal cross-sectional area. Record on the Test Form. - Securely bundle sample splices together - Contractor must clearly label the sample as a prequalification test before shipping - Send samples to the authorized testing lab

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 11/10/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.1-2 Rev 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Figure K1.2: QC/QA Sampling of Couplers

K.1.3 Production Sampling Per Section 52-6.01D(4) a production sample is prepared during the assembly of splices that are assembled for use in the final product. It is important to note that this sample is not meant to test the material; it is intended to test the process. The production samples for ultimate splices are removed from the completed work in accordance with section 52-6.01D(4). Service splices must be prepared using the same splice material, position, operators, location, equipment, and procedures to be used in the work in accordance with section 52-6.01D(4)(c). As production samples are typically assembled in the field, the responsibility of witnessing the assembly of the splices falls to BCA. If assembled at the source, an inspection request should be sent in to BCA for sampling. Production samples for splices using Gr 80 mechanical couplers shall include control bars to be tested alongside the sample. QC samples must be tested at an authorized laboratory. A list of such labs can be found here: http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/esc/Translab/authorized_laboratories_list/ For more information see section 52-C.02 of this manual. Figure K1.2 summarizes QC/QA acceptance flowchart.

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 11/10/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.1-3 Rev 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Figure K1.2: QC/QA Acceptance of Couplers

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 11/10/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.1-4 Rev 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Appendix K2 – QA Procedures for Key Elements – Welded Hoops

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 S FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

K.2 RESISTANCE BUTT WELDED HOOPS All Section references below are to 2010 Caltrans Standard Specification and its Addendum as set in project Specials. For more detail information see Section 52-C of QASI Manual.

K.2.1 General In accordance with Section 52-6, “SPLICING,” of the Standard Specifications, the hoop manufacturers must be one of the authorized Caltrans manufacturers. The list of authorized manufacturers can be found at: http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/esc/approved_products_list/pdf/PrequalFlashWeldedHoops.pdf SSW must designates a splicing QC Manager, who reviews and approves all documents before submitting them to the RE such as the Splice Prequalification Report (SPR).

K.2.2 Sampling and Testing One lot of production splices contains 150 splices, or fraction thereof, for each bar size and hoop size. Every lot of production splices is Quality Control (QC) tested. QC samples must be tested at an authorized laboratory, which must be on the Authorized Laboratory List. Quality Assurance (QA) samples are taken from the first, and from at least one randomly selected lot out of the next five production lots (or fraction thereof). QA samples, which are used to verify QC splice test results, are in addition to QC samples and are sent to CITY QA lab. Figure K1.1 provides an info-graphic of the QC and QA sampling procedure. Each sample set contains four (4) splices. The laboratories will not test bundles containing less than four splices or bundles that do not have proper documentation.

K.2.2.1 QC Sampling: The hoop manufacturer must request BCA to initiate the random sampling. • The QA inspector verifies material paperwork and, if acceptable, randomly samples four (4) splices from every production lot. • The QA inspector places tamper-proof markings or seals on them. Markings need to be permanent and a contrasting color is preferred. • The fabricator prepares the samples. Samples must be 4 feet long for #9 and smaller, and 6 feet long for #10 and larger. • The fabricator securely bundles sample splices together and fills out the sampling report before shipping. The Contractor ships the samples to the authorized laboratory for QC testing.

K.2.2.2 QA Sampling: The QA sampling is the same as QC sampling, except: • The frequency of QA sampling is about 20% as shown in Figure K1.1. • The QA Inspector randomly selects four (4) samples and places tamper-proof markings on them. The four (4) samples are sent to CITY QA lab.

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 11/10/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.2-1 Rev 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Appendix K3 – QA Procedures for Key Elements – Headed Bars

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 T FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

K.3 HEADED BAR REINFORCEMENT All Section references below are to 2010 Caltrans Standard Specification and its Addendum as set in project Specials. For more detail information see Section 52-F of QASI Manual.

K.3.1 General Headed bar reinforcement must have full size heads (unless otherwise noted on the project plans), comply with ASTM A 970/A970M, and be on the Authorized Material List (AML). The AML defines the head size as follows: - Full Size Head = 9X Net Rebar Area. - Reduced Size Head = 4X Net Rebar Area. The AML can be found at: http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/esc/approved_products_list/pdf/HeadedBarReinforcement.pdf SSW must designates a splicing QC Manager, who reviews and approves all documents before submitting them to the RE such as the Splice Prequalification Report (SPR).

K.3.2 Sampling QA Inspector will travel to the source and randomly select samples for production testing. Section 52-5.01D(3), “Production Testing,” of the Standard Specifications describes the sampling requirements. Section 52-1.01B, “Definitions,” defines a lot of headed bar reinforcement as 150, or fraction thereof, for each: - Bar size - Head size. - Head type - Method of manufacture. - Heat number of bar material. - Heat number of head material The following documents will be verified for sampling: - Signed COC stating materials are in compliance with Contract Specifications. - MTRs for bar reinforcement and head material (verify Buy America is met when applicable). - Daily production log per Section 52-5.01D(2). Samples will not be selected unless all material documents are in order. - Total of four 4 test samples will be removed from each completed lot and a tamper-proof marking or seal will be placed on them.

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 11/10/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.3-1 Rev 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

- Test samples must be 4 feet long for bar sizes no. 9 and below and 6 feet long for sizes no. 10 and above. The supplier will cut the samples out of the lot and secure them together for shipping. - If one reinforcing bar has a head on both ends, it will be counted as 2 samples. The samples must be randomly chosen from a completed lot and not previously prepared by the fabricator. - One set of the supporting documents (COC & MTR’s) with a copy of sampling record will be sealed in an envelope and secured to the material. - The supplier is responsible for sending the samples to an authorized laboratory, properly marked, and with all documents.

K.3.3 Testing The headed bars per Caltrans Spec Section 52-5, is only QC tested and QA witnesses the QC testing. The authorized lab shall notified BCA within a week of QC testing. BCA inspector will travel to the QC lab to witness the headed bars testing.

The QA Inspector will select the QC/QA samples. The QC samples will be tested by the Contractor at an authorized laboratory.

The QA samples will be tested at one CITY QA laboratories.

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 11/10/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.3-2 Rev 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Appendix K4 – QA Procedures for Key Elements – Fasteners

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 U FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

K.4 FASTENERS ASSEMBLIES All Section references below are to 2010 Caltrans Standard Specification and its Addendum as set in project Specials. For more detail information see Section 55-G of QASI Manual.

K.4.1 General This Section applies to anchor bolts and fasteners used in structural steel fabrication. All high- strength bolted splices made at the job site or in a fabrication shop must comply with the requirements of Standard Specifications Section 55-1.02B(6) Bolted Connections. When required, the Contractor must maintain a copy of the Research Council on Structural Connections “Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts” and the Structural Bolting Handbook at the jobsite or fabrication shop where high-strength bolting is being done.

K.4.2 Fastener Assemblies Mild steel anchor bolts must conform to requirements for the appropriate grade in either ASTM Designation: A 307 or F 1554. High-strength anchor bolts and rods, for use in general applications, are generally designated as ASTM A 449, Type 1. They are produced by heat treating (quench and tempered) a medium carbon steel. Cold drawn rod stock having equivalent mechanical properties is not acceptable for A 449 fasteners. No welding is allowed on high-strength anchor bolts or related heat-treated components. The bolts used in high-strength fastener assemblies must consist of either ASTM A325, Type 1 bolts, ASTM A 490 or ASTM F 1852, Type 1 tension control bolts. Type 3 fastener assemblies are required for weathering steel components. Bolts used in the Friction Pendulum Bearings must be ASTM A 354, Grade BD. Anchor embeds for the supplemental Bearing Plate must be ASTM A 576, Gr 1045. All bolts, nuts, washers, tension control (TC) fastener assemblies and direct tension indicators (DTIs) must have all required markings on each piece, as required by the appropriate ASTM specification (usually the manufacturer's name or logo and grade markings).

K.4.3 Sampling and Testing Before release to the jobsite, the QA Inspector will inspect and verify QA sampling and testing of the following components for compliance to appropriate specifications: • Fasteners • Fastener components • Anchor bolt assemblies

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 11/10/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.4-A Rev 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Before sampling, the QA Inspector will review all documentation furnished by the fabricator and perform a material verification. If there is no cause for rejection, the QA Inspector will randomly select samples for testing by CITY QA labs. The fabricator must furnish a complete set of legible, certified test reports from the manufacturer (as listed in the appropriate ASTM Specification) for all fasteners and fastener components, including:

• Bolts • Nuts • Washers • Tension control (TC) fastener assemblies • Cap screws • Direct tension indicators (DTI) For galvanizing and lubricant requirements, see the galvanizing subsection of QASI Manual Section 55-G.1. The QA Inspector must take random samples of all fastener assembly components (bolt, nut, washer, and direct tension indicator washer, if furnished) from the same lots of bolts, nuts, and washers, etc. that will be used on the job. The QA Inspector will: 1. Perform a material verification before sampling 2. Take required samples of HS fasteners and fastener components per Table K4.1. Take required samples of Anchor Bolts per Table K4.2. 3. Forward samples, along with a complete set of legible test reports, to CITY QA labs for valuation and testing.

Table K4.1: HS Bolt and Fastener Sampling Frequencies Lot Size Sample Size 1 to 15 3 16 to 25 4 26 to 50 5 51 to 90 7 91 to 150 8 151 to 280 9 281 to 10 000 12 10 001 to 500 000 16 500 001 and over 20

Table K4.2: Anchor Bolt Sampling Frequencies Lot Size Sample Size 1 to 50 1

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 11/10/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.4-B Rev 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

51 to 280 3 280+ 5

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 11/10/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.4-C Rev 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Appendix K5 – QA Procedures for Key Elements – Structural Steel

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 V FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

K.5 STRUCTURAL STEEL All Section references below are to 2010 Caltrans Standard Specification and its Addendum as set in project Specials. For more detail information see Section 55-1 of QASI Manual.

K.5.1 General In this project the following key items are subject to structural steel inspection.

Table 5.1a: Relevant Steel Structure Reference Item Applicable Codes Additional Requirements Fracture Control Plan (AWS D1.5 Chp. 12) Arch. Suspender Cables AWS D1.5:2010* Distortion Control Plan (AWS D1.5 Section 3.2) Seismic Joint AWS D1.5:2010* Distortion Control Plan (AWS D1.5 Section 3.2) Rebar Welding AWS D1.4: 2011 * None.

* Check latest project special for the applicable AWS code year.

The following key items are subject to Material Verification and Final Release Inspection.

Table 5.1b: Relevant Steel Structure Reference Item Applicable Codes Additional Requirements Supplemental Bearing ASTM A 709, Gr. 50 None Plates Cast Steel Concave ASTM A 536, A 576, or A Plates and Slider Galvanizing 572 components

K.5.2 References All the above items are subjected to the following requirements listed in Table 5.2. Applicable Standard Specification sections and other sections are listed in Table 5.2.

Table 5.2: Relevant Steel Structure Reference Component Applicable Stnd QASI Manual Section Pre-welding Meeting 2010 CT Stnd Spec. 11-3.02C(2) 11-A.03 Welding Quality Control Plan (WQCP) 2010 CT Stnd Spec. 11-3.02C(2) 11-A.04 Shop Drawings 2010 CT Stnd Spec. 55-1.01C(2) 55-A.04 Witnessing of Procedure Qualification 2010 CT Stnd Spec. 11-3.02F 11-A.05 Records (PQR)s NDT Requirements 2010 CT Stnd Spec. 11-3.01F 11-A.06

Figure 5.1 Summarizes all the steps required for steel structure inspection

K.5.3 Submittals Standard Specification Section 55-1.01C requires several general and technical submittals for structural steel members. General submittals will be verified during the QA inspection process, and technical submittals will be subject to a full QA review.

K.5.3.1 General Submittals:

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 11/10/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.5-A Rev 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

1. Copies of mill orders when orders are placed 2. Certified mill test reports before fabrication. Include Charpy V-Notch (CVN) impact test results if impact testing is specified. Include grain size if fine grain steel is specified.

•Review Contract •Material Thickness •Final Weld Finish Documents •Cutting of Material •Warpage and Distortion •Review Mill Orders •Preparation of Base Metal •Match Markings •Review Mill Test Reports •Splice Locations •Proper Storage •Verify Testing •Shop Fit-up Requirements •Inspection Records •Tack & Temporary Welds •Check Samples •Final Coating Inspections & •Welding Sequence Testing (when applicable)* •Verify Material

Material Verification Material •Paint or Galvanizing

In Process Inspection •Fit-up of Stiffeners •Thickness •Production Welding

•Markings Inspection Release Final •Preheat, Interpass, and •Storage Postheat Temperatures •Unidentified Stock •Flatness Tolerances Material •Weld Repairs •Key Dimensional Checks for Camber / Sweep / Length / Bearing Stiffeners/ Flange Tilt •Preassembly for Field Fit-up •Blast & Coating (when applicable)

Figure 5.1: Required Steps in Structural Steel Inspection

3. Calibration certificate for each bolt tension measuring device and calibrate wrench before use. 4. Reports from testing performed on fastener components and assemblies before shipment to the job site. Test reports must include the rotational capacity lot numbers and the reports listed in the "Certification," "Report," "Number of Tests and Retests," and "Certification and Test Report" sections of the referenced ASTM standards. For ASTM F 1554 anchor bolts, include chemical composition and carbon equivalence for each heat of steel. 5. Record of which lots are used in each joint for HS connections as an informational submittal. 6. Certificates of compliance for materials used in the work except for unidentified stock material.

K.5.3.2 Technical Submittals: 1. WQCP submitted after holding a pre-welding meeting and prior to the start of fabrication. 2. Shop Drawings for steel structures.

K.5.3.3 Welding Quality Control Plan

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 11/10/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.5-B Rev 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Since steel structures often have a high consequence of failure, the WQCP is critical for ensuring the material quality. The WQCP must be project specific and detail the QC procedures required for fabricating each bid item covered by the WQCP.

K.5.3.4 Shop Drawing Submittal The shop drawings are required to be submitted sufficiently in advance of the start of fabrication to allow time for review and approval by the Engineer so as not to delay the work. Drawings for railroad bridges will take longer to review. Corrections to drawings will be made and resubmitted with sufficient copies furnished for distribution. Any significant differences or omissions noted between the approved working drawings and contract plans should be brought to the Engineer's attention in a timely manner. The reviewer must promptly and thoroughly review shop drawings. The following information must be provided as required: 1. Sequence of shop and field assembly and erection. For continuous members, include proposed steel erection procedures with calculations that show girder capacity and geometry will be correct. 2. Welding sequences and procedures (if applicable). 3. Layout drawing of the entire structure with locations of butt welded splices. 4. Locations of temporary supports and welds. 5. Vertical alignment of girders at each stage of erection. 6. Match-marking diagrams. 7. Details for connections not shown or dimensioned on the plans. 8. Details of allowed options incorporated in the work. 9. Direction of rolling of plates where orientation is specified. 10. Distortion control plan. 11. Dimensional tolerances. Include measures for controlling accumulated error to meet overall tolerances. 12. Material specification and grade listed on the bill of materials. 13. Identification of tension members and fracture critical members. 14. Proposed deviations from plans, specifications, or previously submitted shop drawings. 15. Contract plan sheet references for details. 16. Camber calculations. The reviewer must look at the following items during shop drawing submittal reviews: 1. Verify weld details comply with design plans such as type of weld, correct weld sizes 2. Verify weld access holes or copes comply with the design plans and AWS code(s) 3. Verify the Bill of Material (BOM) lists the correct material and specifications and coating for fasteners 4. Ensure the General Notes contain enough information regarding fabrication to ensure the fabricator understands the fabrication requirements when not included specifically on the shop drawings

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 11/10/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.5-C Rev 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

5. Ensure the General Notes comply with the specifications such as the correct code(s), required NDT, correct coating requirements, etc. 6. Verify if a CA PE stamp is required

K.5.4 Material Verification The purpose of the Material Verification inspection is to verify that material being used for the project complies with the contract documents, before material is cut for fabrication. During this inspection the QA Inspectors must: 1. Review contract documents, including special provisions, and verify if there are Buy America Requirements or any other special requirements for the material 2. Review mill orders to ensure material is ordered as specified Review mill test reports to verify compliance with Buy America requirements 4. Randomly review mill test reports to verify compliance with physical and chemical testing requirements 5. Verify: a. Toughness requirements when specified i.e. Charpy V-Notch b. Check test samples have been selected and witnessed for Fracture Critical Members or other tension components when required c. Material markings, including heat numbers, correspond to mill test reports

6. Place their signature, date, and lot number on each mill test report verified

Unidentified stock material may be used in limited quantities except for Fracture Critical Members (FCM). The material is subject to sampling and has to be authorized.

K.5.5 In-Process Inspection During the In-Process Inspection, the QA Inspector will: 1. Review the WQCP and verify that the: a. QC personnel are qualified, current, and listed in the WQCP b. NDT technicians are qualified, current, and listed in the WQCP c. Welders are qualified, current, and listed in the WQCP 2. Verify that the welders are using the authorized Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS) 3. Verify the QC presence does not lapse for a period exceeding 30 minutes

The QA Inspector will randomly verify that: 1. Authorized welding consumables and electrodes are being used and stored properly 2. Welding parameters are measured and are within the tolerances found on the applicable WPS as found in the approved WQCP 3. Preheat, interpass, and when required, post heat temperatures are within the authorized WPS

The QA Inspector will: 1. Verify that QC has performed the required NDT 2. Perform at least 10% QA verification NDT of previously accepted QC NDT inspection. If the QA verification NDT was not satisfactory (did not meet the code acceptance criteria),

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 11/10/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.5-D Rev 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

an additional 10% QA verification NDT will be performed from another area, if the second QA verification NDT was not satisfactory, then QA will perform 100% NDT inspection. 3. The Level II QA Inspector will document the NDT Testing in the proper NDT Testing forms.

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 11/10/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.5-E Rev 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Appendix K6 – QA Procedures Grade 80 Reinforcement

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 W FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

K.6 Grade 80 Reinforcement All Section references below are to 2010 Caltrans Standard Specification and its Addendum as set in project Specials. For more detail information see Section 52-D of QASI Manual.

K.6.1 General In accordance with Section 52-1.02B, “Bar Reinforcement ,” of the Standard Specifications the Grade 80 Bar Reinforcement shall comply with ASTM A 706/ A706 M, with the exception that the pin diameter for Grade 80 bar reinforcement bend test shall be based on Grade 60 requirements.

K.6.2 Sampling and Testing

K.6.2.1 QC Testing Per Section 52-1.02B, “Bar Reinforcement” addendum in project Special Provisions, the Grade 80 bar reinforcement manufacturer shall test the Grade 80 based on ASTM A 706 requirements with revised bend test.

K.6.2.2 QA Verification. COLA BCA division will sample every heat of Grade 80 bar reinforcement for the project and will verify the heat compliance to ASTM A 706 with revised bend test.

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.6-1 Rev 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Appendix K7 – QA Procedures for Grade 80 Reinforcement Splices

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 X FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

K.7 Mechanical Splice for Grade 80 Bar Reinforcement All Section references below are to 2010 Caltrans Standard Specification and its Addendum as set in project Specials. For more detail information see Section 52-D of QASI Manual.

K.7.1 General There are two conditions that Grade 80 bar reinforcement may be mechanically coupled. Here are the conditions.

• Mechanical Splice of Grade 80 to Grade 60 Bar Reinforcement • Mechanical Splice of Grade 80 to Grade 80 Bar Reinforcement Here are details of each condition.

K.7.1.1 Mechanical Splice of Grade 80 to Grade 60 Bar Reinforcement The mechanical splice of Grade 80 to Grade 60 bar reinforcements is similar to mechanical splice of Grade 60 to Grade 60 bar reinforcement. The coupler and the mechanical splice performance shall meet or exceed the requirements of Section 52-6 of 2010 Caltrans Specifications and Project Special Provisions.

K.7.1.2 Mechanical Splice of Grade 80 to Grade 80 Bar Reinforcement The coupler and the performance of the mechanical splice for Grade 80 to Grade 80 bar reinforcement shall meet or exceed the requirements of Section 52-6 of 2010 Caltrans Specifications and revisions in the Project Special Provisions for Grade 80 to Grade 80 bar reinforcement with the following revisions.

K.7.1.2.1 Service Splice Requirements of Grade 80 to Grade 80 mechanical couplers Service splices must develop a minimum tensile strength of 100,000 psi. The minimum tensile value for Grade 80 bar reinforcement is defined in Table 3 of ASTM A 706.

K.7.1.2.2 Ultimate Butt Splice Requirements Ultimate butt splices must do one of the following: 1. Rupture in the reinforcing bar outside of the affected zone and show visible necking as specified in California Test 670, Necking (Option I)

2. Rupture anywhere and neck as specified in California Test 670, Necking (Option II), where the strain value is the bar reinforcement Uniform Elongation1 as defined and

1The bar reinforcement Uniform Elongation is the elongation determined at the maximum force sustained by the test piece just prior to necking or fracture, or both. This value is defined as Agt in ISO 6892-1 standards.

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.7-1 Rev 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

calculated based on ASTM E8:2014 instead of the strain measurement procedure defined in California Test 670. K.7.1.2.2.1 Uniform Elongation (Strain Value at Maximum Force) The strain value (elongation) at the maximum force will be measured for every heat of Grade 80 bar reinforcement that would be mechanically spliced. The value of uniform elongation will be measured in accordance to ASTM E8 in an accredited laboratory.

K.7.2 QC/QA Sampling and Testing of mechanical splice for Grade 80 bar reinforcement The QC/QA sampling and testing of Grade 80 bar reinforcement will be based on Section K.1 of this Appendix, including splice prequalification report requirements.

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.7-2 Rev 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Appendix K8 – QA Procedures for Reinforcement Butt Weld Splice

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 Y FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

K.8 Butt Weld Splice for Grade 80 Bar Reinforcement All Section references below are to 2010 Caltrans Standard Specification and its Addendum as set in project Specials. For more detail information see Section 55-I of QASI Manual.

K.8.1 General There are two conditions that Grade 80 bar reinforcement may be butt weld spliced. Here are the conditions.

• Butt Weld Splice of Grade 80 to Grade 60 Bar Reinforcement • Butt Weld Splice of Grade 80 to Grade 80 Bar Reinforcement Here are details of each condition.

K.8.1.1 Butt Weld Splice of Grade 80 to Grade 60 Bar Reinforcement The butt weld splice of Grade 80 to Grade 60 bar reinforcements will be accordance to AWS D1.4 Section 5.1 “Filler Metal Requirements” where the filler metal shall meet the lower minimum tensile strength which will be the Grade 60 bar reinforcement tensile strength.

K.8.1.2 Butt Weld Splice of Grade 80 to Grade 80 Bar Reinforcement The butt weld splice of Grade 80 to Grade 80 bar reinforcements will be accordance to AWS D1.4 Section 5.1 “Filler Metal Requirements” where the filler metal shall meet the minimum tensile strength of Grade 80 bar reinforcement tensile strength.

K.8.2 Butt Weld Splice Qualifications, Production, and Verification of Grade 80 Bar Reinforcement The butt weld splice of Grade 80 bar reinforcements will be accordance to AWS D1.4 and Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 52-6 Splicing.

K.8.3 Welding Quality Control Plan (WQCP) The WQCP requirements for butt weld splices will be based on SIQMP Section 2.4.

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.8-1 Rev 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Appendix K9 – QA Procedures for PT Anchor Head Couplers

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 Z FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

K.9 PT Anchor Head Coupler The bridge deck design requires use of a post-tensioning (PT) anchor head couplers. In the design-phase of the project and during the CMGC process, the EOR worked closely with Dywidag Systems International (DSI), Long Beach, CA, and designed the post-tensioning system for the bridge based on their input Following the award of the Viaduct Construction Package, the Project Contractor selected DSI as their post-tensioning supplier and sub-contractor performing the work.

K.9.1 General

K.9.1.1 Post Tensioning System The proposed post-tensioning system to be installed is based on DSI approved post-tensioning system “27-0.6 MA”. The system is listed on Caltrans METS approved post-tensioning systems, and has been since 1991. The Caltrans approved PT systems can be found in the following link: http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/esc/approved_products_list/pdf/PTSystems_approved.pdf

K.9.1.2 Post Tensioning System – Anchor Head Couplers The design requires continuous post-tensioning system. In order to achieve that, DSI PT anchor head couplers will be used during the construction. The anchor head system is a DSI “27-0.6 Coupler R”, which at the core is identical to the 27-0.6 MA PT system anchor head, however the exterior part is used for coupling. Figures K.9.1-1a and K.9.1-1b show photos of DSI anchor head coupler “27-0.6 MA Coupler R”.

Figure K.9.1-1a: DSI 27.06 MA Coupler R – One with steel cover and one without steel cover

27-0.6 MA Coupler R with steel cover

27-0.6 MA Coupler R without steel cover

Figure K.9.1-1b: DSI 27.06 MA Coupler R – The inner part is the anchor head part identical to DSI 27-0.6 MA Anchor Head and the outer part is the coupler part.

The anchor head part

The coupler part

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 10/30/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.9-1 Rev 3c 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

K.9.2 QA Verification of the PT Coupler System As part of CITY QA verification scope for this project only, CITY will perform the following to verify general compliance of the PT couplers to the specified project design criteria: 1) Prototype Testing 2) Performance Testing 3) QC/QA Material Verification The following summarizes QA verification measures that CITY will be performing for acceptance of the PT anchor heads.

K.9.2.1 Prototype Testing DSI has performed extensive prototype testing of the 27-0.6 Coupler R in order to obtain their European Technical Approval Guidelines (ETAG) approval from European Organization of Technical Approvals (EOTA). DSI 27-0.6 Coupler R has received ETAG 013 for static and fatigue loads. CITY will review the ETAG approval package as part of the prototype testing to verify if the coupler is in general compliance with project design requirements. CITY will rely on ETAG approval test results and no prototype testing will be required by CITY, unless the ETAG testing is found not to be in accordance project design criteria.

K.9.2.2 Performance Testing The objective of the performance testing is for the fabricator, DSI, to demonstrate that their product can meet minimum specified design requirement for this project, specifically verifying coupler functionality in transferring tension force from one set of strands to another set of strands. The performance testing of the coupler will be based on Caltrans “System Performance Testing for Post-Tensioning Strand Anchorage System” as modified for this project. Caltrans PT performance testing procedure can be found in the following link: http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/esc/approved_products_list/pdf/PTSystems_performance_test_procedure.pdf

Figure K.9.2-1 shows an illustration of the PT coupler performance test setup. The first support block (concrete block) is on the right and the second support frame (steel frame) is on the left. The PT anchor head coupler is between the two support blocks. Two load cell and jacks are placed at each end.

PT Coupler Support Frame Support Block Steel Frame Concrete Block

Figure K.9.2-1: Test setup sketch for performance testing of DSI 27.06 MA Coupler R

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 10/30/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.9-2 Rev 3c 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

The modifications that will be made to Caltrans “System Performance Testing for Post- Tensioning Strand Anchorage System” are summarized in Tables K.9.2-1 to K.9.2-3.

K.9.2-1: Test Criteria for Prototype Testing PT Anchor Head Couplers Design Item Prototype Testing Notes Requirement PT Anchor 27-0.6 MA Prototype testing will be on a PT 27-0.6 Test Item Head Coupler Coupler R MA Coupler R Only 23 strands are required per design, however CITY wants to test the coupler Number of 23 Strands 27 Strands to its full capacity with 27 strands. This Strands will provide an additional factor of safety in design and construction. See Figure K.9.2-1 – this will be as close Concrete block and as possible to the structure stressing Test Layout None steel frame support sequence – build and stress first concrete system block then build a steel support frame to stress strands inside the frame. Minimum Standard Support Block Caltrans test block CITY is planning to follow Caltrans – Concrete None 2’ x 2’ x 10’ or performance testing procedure. Block larger as needed

Support A steel frame to DSI is required to design a steel frame to Frame – Steel None support the strand support the exposed strands, loadcells, Frame and coupler jacks, applied stressing forces, and etc.

Reinforcement Minimum required Layout in reinforcement in CITY is planning to follow Caltrans None Concrete the first concrete performance testing procedure. Block block The lower concrete strength will be more Concrete 6,000 PSI at Minimum 4,000 a severe testing case – CITY is planning Strength in stressing PSI to follow Caltrans performance testing Block 1 procedure. The test setup will be the closure pour. The fabricator will build and stress the Closure Pour Required Not Required first block and then build and stress the second block. No need for closure pour.

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 10/30/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.9-3 Rev 3c 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

K.9.2-2: Test Criteria for Prototype Testing PT Anchor Head Couplers

Load Cell and Use two NIST Two NIST traceable load cells will be traceable load cell Stressing None provided either by CITY or the and Caltrans Jacks approved Jacks. subcontractor.

We want to control the first block First block will not Grouting None stressing force to make sure the force be grouted remains as specified in Table K.9.2-3.

Table K.9.2-3 summarizes stressing stages.

K.9.2-3: PT Coupler Performance Test - Stressing Stages Test Steel Frame Concrete Block Test Criteria Stages Stressing Hold Time Stressing Hold Time 1 - - 50% GUTS Min 3 Minutes No Strand Failure 2 - - 80% GUTS Min 3 Minutes No Strand Failure 50% Min 3 3 - - Maintain 80% GUTS Minutes 80% Min 3 No Strand Failure 4 - - GUTS Minutes 87.5%1 Min 3 No Strand Failure 5 - - GUTS Minutes No Strand Failure – Test is 87.5% 6 Min 3 Minutes completed after reaching GUTS this stage. After 6th stage stressing 95% will continue until stressing 7 3 Minutes - - GUTS limit is reached or a failure occurs.

The test is completed when stressing limits in the 6th stage is reached. The 7th stage is performed to verify excess capacity of the system.

1 The 87.5% GUTS which is 0.875 fpu, or 236 ksi stress, is an upper bound stress at strength and extreme limit states (See ACI 423.6 Section 2.2.1 commentary R2.2.1). Since the PT coupler test and approval is project specific, this value was chosen as upper bound stress that could occur in the Viaduct. The actual anticipated strength and extreme limit state stress in the edge girder section where the couplers are located, are obtained from strain compatibility analysis, which showed a maximum stress of 229.8 ksi. This is equivalent to a value of 0.85 fpu. The CITY is willing to maintain the value recommended by ACI 423.6 test limit at 0.875 fpu, but does reserve the right to lower it to 0.85 fpu if there is any difficulty achieving 0.875 fpu.

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 10/30/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.9-4 Rev 3c 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

The objective of the PT coupler performance testing is verification of tension transfer from one set of strands to another set of strands without failure in the system, specifically within the PT coupler. Based on this objective a set of acceptance criteria is defined for verification. Table K.9.2-4 summarizes acceptance criteria for PT performance test.

K.9.2-4: Test Acceptance Criteria for PT Anchor Head Couplers Performance Testing

Item Acceptance Criteria Notes

No strands shall slip Slip is defined as inconsistent bite marks when Strand from the chuck until compared to rest of the strands in the same module. Slippage 87.5% of GUTS is reached. This is verified after completion of the test.

The objective of the test is to demonstrate coupler functionality in transferring tension from one set of strands to another set of strands. No strands shall fail until 87.5% of GUTS is If in the process of stressing, an individual strand Strand Failure reached with the prematurity fails outside the coupler due to localized exception stated in the Notes section. overstressing, the system will be detensioned, the strand will be replaced, and test will be started over until 87.5% of the GUTS is reached without localize failure in strands. Any cracking or structural failure that are observed in Coupler Coupler shall maintain the coupler prior to reaching 87.5% of GUTS is a test its structural integrity Structural failure. until 87.5% of GUTS is Failure reached This is verified after completion of the test.

The objective of test is performance of the coupler in Concrete tension, therefore cracking is not objective in this None Cracking test. Concrete localized cracking has been tested and verified with the MA 27-0.6 anchor heads.

The above items are monitored and verified visually during and after completion of the test.

At completion of the performance test, project SMR will prepare a report and will submit it to EOR for review and approval. Upon EOR approval, the SMR report will be submitted to Caltrans for their review and concurrence.

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 10/30/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.9-5 Rev 3c 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

K.9.2.3 QC/QA Material Verification The 27-0.6 MA Coupler R is made through machining one piece of round bar. The following table summarizes material specification for the base steel.

K.9.2-5: Material Specification for PT Anchor Head Couplers Item European Standard Equivalent US Standard Material Specification DIN EN 10083-2 +N ASTM A29 Tensile Strength Minimum 580 N/mm2 Minimum 81.2 KSI Yield Strength Minimum 305 N/mm2 Minimum 44.2 KSI Ultimate Strain Minimum 16% Minimum 16% Hardness Brinell HB 30 > 173 Brinell HB 30 > 173

During the construction, the following QA verification measures will be performed:

- Verify material test report - Visually verify the couplers for any sign of damage or defect - Perform hardness test on every coupler to verify minimum required hardness value

The remaining components of the PT system will be shop (source) inspected per Appendix G.

The PT components of the performance test will be verified according to this section.

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 10/30/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.9-6 Rev 3c 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Appendix K10 – QA Procedure for Plastic Ducts

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 AA FINAL REV 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

K.10 Post Tensioning System (PTS) Corrugated Plastic Ducts Due to layout of the post tensioning system in the Viaduct, the contractor may need to use corrugated plastic ducts instead of metal ducts. The project Engineer of Record (EOR) has issued a Design Exception to allow plastic ducts. The corrugated plastic ducts are manufactured items (shelf-item), that are manufactured independent of this project requirements.

K.10.1 General The corrugated plastic ducts are specified in the EOR Design Exception to meet requirements of Post-Tension Institute (PTI), publication PTI/ASBI M50.3-12, “Guide Specification for Grouted Post-Tensioning” as following: Design: The corrugated plastic ducts shall meet Federation International du Beton (fib) Bulletin 7, Technical Report, “Corrugated Plastic Duct for Internal Bonded Post- Tensioning” with modifications listed in PTI guideline M50.3-12. Materials: The corrugated plastic ducts materials shall be manufactured from virgin, unfilled, noncolored polypropylene meeting the requirements of ASTM D4101 with a cell classification range of PP0340B44541 to PP0340B67884 or polyethylene fabricated from resins meeting or exceeding the requirements of ASTM D3350 with a cell classification of range of PE344434D to PE445574D. System Testing: All PTS components and system testing to be witnessed and certified by an independent approval body or testing laboratory, where the testing laboratories shall be AMRL or A2LA certified. Based on the above specified requirements in the project specification the following QC/QA will be enforced.

K.10.2 Sampling and Testing

K.10.2.1 QC Testing The contractor through its corrugated plastic ducts supplier shall provide test results for plastic ducts design to meet fib requirements. The contractor through its corrugated plastic ducts supplier shall provide certificate of compliance/testing from independent approval body or testing laboratory with AMRL or A2LA certification for every batch of plastic ducts delivered to the jobsite.

K.10.2.2 QA Verification. COLA BCA division will review the supplier fib test results and COC for every batch of plastic ducts delivered to the jobsite along with field inspection and verification of the ducts. If BCA is deemed necessary, an additional QA verification tests will be performed on the plastic duct materials delivered to the jobsite.

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 10/23/2017 EA: 07-251204 K.6-1 Rev 3A 6th St. Viaduct Bridge Replacement City of Los Angeles Source Inspection Quality Management Plan (SIQMP) Department of Public Works

Appendix L – Contractor’s Quality Control Plan (QCP)

Project: BRLSZD-5006 (TBD) 12/12/2017 EA: 07-251204 BB FINAL REV 3A

CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN

FOR

CITY OF LOS ANGELES DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS BUREAU OF ENGINEERING

SIXTH STREET VIADUCT REPLACEMENT PROJECT PROJECT No.: BRLSZD-5006 CONTRACT No.: C-123545

REVISION #1 10/5/2015

Document Number: Page 2 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

Cover Page ...... 1 Table of Contents ...... 2 Introduction ...... 3 Management Responsibility 1.1 Management Commitment ...... 4 1.2 Policy ...... 4 1.3 Objectives ...... 4 1.4 Responsibility and Customer Focus ...... 4 1.5 Provision of Resources ...... 7 1.6 Infrastructure ...... 8 Process Control Testing 2.1 Measuring and Testing Equipment ...... 9 2.2 Concrete Sampling and Testing ...... 9 2.3 Soils Sampling and Testing ...... 11 2.4 Asphalt Sampling and Testing ...... 11 2.5 Reinforcing Steel ...... 11 2.6 Post Tensioning ...... 14 2.7 Friction Pendulum Bearings ...... 16 2.8 Cable Support System ...... 16 2.9 Seismic Joint ...... 17 2.10 Fasteners ...... 18 2.11 Joint Seals ...... 18 Inspection and Control Procedures 3.1 General ...... 19 3.2 Construction Work Plans ...... 20 3.3 Stop Work Orders ...... 22 3.4 Non-Conformance...... 22 3.5 Corrective and Preventative Actions ...... 22 3.6 Three Phase Inspection Process ...... 22 3.7 Final Acceptance ...... 23 Documents and Records 4.1 Quality Records ...... 24 4.2 Control of Records ...... 24 4.3 Submittals ...... 25 Quality Control Personnel 5.1 Training ...... 27 5.2 Personnel ...... 27 Subcontractors and Suppliers 6.1 General ...... 28 6.2 Purchasing and Subcontracting ...... 28 6.3 Purchasing and Subcontracting Process ...... 28 6.4 Purchasing and Subcontracting Information...... 28 6.5 Verification of Purchased Products ...... 29 6.6 Product Identification and Traceability ...... 29 Appendices Appendix A ...... Procedures and Forms – Table of Contents Appendix B ...... Quality Records Index Appendix C ...... Project Organizational Chart Appendix D ...... Testing and Inspection Plan Appendix E ...... Three Phase Implementation Appendix F ...... Personnel Qualifications Document Number: Page 3 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead iii INTRODUCTION iii.a GENERAL

This Contractor Quality Control Plan (CQCP) provides the administrative and organizational structure for the Contractor’s Quality Control Program Skanska/Stacy and Witbeck Joint Venture (SSWJV) will employ throughout CMGC Contract (Contract) for the Sixth Street Viaduct Replacement Project (Project). The CQCP provides the controls and tools necessary to ensure conformance with the contract requirements established by the City of Los Angeles (COLA). The highest level of management commitment is dedicated to providing the necessary resources, communications, training and organizational freedom for putting in place a successful quality management system throughout the duration of the Project.

For the CQCP to be fully effective, all employees, subconsultants, subcontractors, and suppliers must understand, accept, and fully implement the program. SSWJV will ensure design changes and the information and processes needed to control and complete construction are accurate and available to all involved. Managers are devoted to coordinate their operations and instill a focus on providing COLA a project of the highest quality. iii.b APPLICATION

The CQCP, and the references contained herein, apply to all applicable activities performed by SSWJV and its subconsultants, subcontractors, and suppliers within the scope of the Contract for the Project. iii.c REFERENCES

The CQCP has been developed to meet the requirements of:

• Contract General Requirements Division 01, 01400 Sections; Quality Requirements • FP-96 Subsection 153.02 - Contractor Quality Control iii.d TERMS AND DEFINITIONS

The Terms and Definitions included in this Section apply to SSWJV’s CQCP for the Project. Other terms relating to quality used throughout this CQCP are as defined by the Contract.

Document Number: Page 4 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

Terms Definition Client / Owner City of Los Angeles (COLA) Construction Manager / General Skanska / Stacy and Witbeck Joint Venture (SSWJV) Contractor Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) An entity such as state, county, city, or utility that has the right to control or govern a defined area of the Work BCA Bureau of Contract Administration BOE Bureau of Engineering

Document Number: Page 5 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

1.0 MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY

1.1 MANAGEMENT COMMITMENT

SSWJV’s management has developed, implements, and communicates its quality policy and program, and ensures the availability of qualified staff and resources to continually improve the quality system. 1.2 POLICY

SSWJV is dedicated to furnishing quality construction services resulting in reliable facilities. All work performed meets or exceeds BCA and BOE requirements, applicable codes, legal requirements, and industry standards as defined in the Contract. 1.3 OBJECTIVES

To further ensure Contract requirements are met and SSWJV is continually improving its processes, the following measurable objectives have been established; which may be adjusted throughout the Project’s life cycle to maintain effectiveness and suitability:

• To develop, implement, and maintain a quality management system conforming to the requirements of FP-96 Section 153.02 – Contractor Quality Control and Federal Acquisition Regulation Clause 52.246-12 – Inspection of Construction. • Review and approval of subcontractor and supplier submitted quality programs, or their acceptance of complying with SSWJV’s CQCP, prior to their starting work. The measurements criteria are zero cases where subcontractors and suppliers start work prior to SSWJV’s approval of their submitted quality program. • Cycle time for dispositions on Nonconformance Reports (NCRs), BCA Notice of Non- Compliances (NNC), and third party non-conformance and audit findings to not exceed 30 days. • Ensure the timely submittal of Inspection and Test Plans to facilitate the identification of BCA “Hold” points, with an objective of zero missed hold points as the result of untimely customer notification.

The achievement of these CQCP objectives will be reported on and assessed by the QCL and SSWJV Senior Management. 1.4 RESPONSIBILITY AND CUSTOMER FOCUS

The focus of all Project activities, and the ability of SSWJV organization to meet Contract requirements, is the responsibility of SSWJV’s management. It is the objective of SSWJV’s management to ensure close cooperation between all parties of the Project team in order to achieve uniformity and economy throughout the Project. Document Number: Page 6 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

Management ensures BCA and BOE requirements are met through:

• Communicating requirements throughout the Project team, • Focusing on process improvement, • Soliciting feedback from BCA and BOE through Project quality meetings.

Key individuals responsible for implementing the CQCP and their respective responsibilities are identified below. 1.4.1 Deputy Project Manager

SSWJV’s Deputy Project Manager has the ultimate responsibility for implementation of The Contractor Quality Control Plan. This responsibility is accomplished through:

• Developing the Project objectives, • Delegating the day-to-day operation of the CQCP to subsequent management, • Establishing an organizational structure providing quality control activity independent from personnel involved in performing the work. • Providing staff support and appropriate resources to achieve the objectives of the CQCP. 1.4.2 Project Quality Control Lead – Michael Seale

The Quality Control Lead is responsible for:

• Reporting administratively to SSWJV Project Executives, • Ensuring the promotion of awareness of Contract quality requirements throughout SSWJV organization, • Administering a continually improving quality process, • Performing any contractually required surveillance of operational activities and advising appropriate management of deviations from established requirements, • Assuring this CQCP is maintained, • Managing Contractor inspection and testing including Subcontractor activities associated with inspection and laboratory testing, • Controlling the progression of work not meeting Contract requirements, • Managing the nonconformance process, including identifying and reporting nonconformance and corrective action and verifying actions prior to closure, • Coordination with BCA for their inspection and testing acceptance of the Work.

The Quality Control Lead has the responsibility and authority to stop work that, with its continuation, will produce a finished product that does not meet the Contract requirements.

For experience and qualifications see Appendix F – Personnel Qualifications.

Document Number: Page 7 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

1.4.3 Project Quality Control Lead Alternate – Kendrick Glover

A Quality Control Lead alternate will be tasked with the responsibilities and have the same authority as the Quality Control Lead in his absence.

For experience and qualifications see Appendix F – Personnel Qualifications. 1.5 PROVISION OF RESOURCES

The Quality Control Lead is responsible for assessing SSWJV needs and allocating resources in a timely manner to implement and improve the CQCP.

The resources needed to implement the CQCP include all human, physical, and financial resources needed by SSWJV to function effectively. Careful planning and consideration is given to:

• Effective, efficient, and timely provision of resources in a relation to opportunities and constraints, • Resources and mechanisms to encourage innovative continual improvement, • Organizational structures, including Project off-site support, • Information management and technology, • Enhancement of leadership skills and profiles for future staffing, • Planning of future resource needs.

Managers and supervisors of the work are also responsible for determining needs and obtaining competent staff to accomplish their objectives. If it is determined additional resources are needed, the request is made through the Project chain of command.

SSWJV is committed to providing adequate resources for:

• Training, if necessary, and qualification of personnel, • Subcontractor and Supplier oversight and verifications, • Performing and managing work or activities, • Verifying the acceptability of work or activities such as reviews, inspections, tests and surveillance.

SSWJV management is responsible for authorizing only personnel competent on the basis of education, training, skills and experience for assignment to the Project.

To aid in achieving the Project objectives, SSWJV will encourage the involvement and development of its people by:

• Providing a safe and secure work environment, • Clearly defining responsibilities and authorities, Document Number: Page 8 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

• Facilitating open, two-way communication, • Ensuring effective teamwork. 1.6 INFRASTRUCTURE

SSWJV provides a work environment suitable to satisfy Project requirements. SSWJV management determines, provides, and maintains the infrastructure needed to facilitate the work and achieve its quality objectives. Infrastructure includes:

• Buildings, workspace, acceptable work environment, and associated utilities, • Process equipment (both hardware and software), • Supporting services (such as administrative, transportation, electric power, communication, security).

Document Number: Page 9 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

2.0 PROCESS CONTROL TESTING

2.1 MEASURING AND TESTING EQUIPMENT

Calibration of all inspection, measuring, and testing equipment used on the Project shall be current. Equipment shall be logged and tracked on QCF-05 Measuring & Test Equipment Calibration Log. Torque wrenches and pressure gauges shall be calibrated and certified by COLA’s General Services. Further information regarding measuring and test equipment can be found in QCP-110 Inspection, Measuring, and Testing Equipment. 2.2 CONCRETE SAMPLING AND TESTING

2.2.1 Field Sampling

Field sampling of concrete, per ASTM C31, will be performed by an SSWJV field technician with ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician – Grade 1 Certification and approved by BCA. The field technician will prepare Quality Control (QC) samples and Quality Assurance (QA) samples under the supervision of SSWJV and BCA inspectors.

Each sample is a pair of 6” x 12” concrete cylinders.

Quality Control Sampling and Testing

Samples will consist of 28 day samples taken at the specified frequency. Samples will be taken, as needed, for early breaks 3, 5, 7, 14 days as well as 42 and 56 day breaks.

Quality Assurance Sampling and Testing

Samples will consist of 28 day samples taken at the specified frequency.

Refer to Appendix D - Testing and Inspection Plan for testing method and frequency. 2.2.2 Sample Curing

After the cylinders are made by the SSWJV field technician, both the QC and QA cylinders will be taken by BCA and labeled. Once the cylinders are labeled they will be stored in the on-site curing box. 2.2.3 Concrete Testing

Standards Division will retrieve both the QA and QC cylinders from the curing boxes and conduct compressive strength testing of the cylinders. Test results will be reported to BCA Inspector whom will then notify SSW of the results.

Quality Control Sampling and Testing Document Number: Page 10 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

Early break samples that are tested and meet the required strength will be considered preliminary acceptance by BCA.

Quality Assurance Sampling and Testing

The 28 day QA test sample will be considered the final acceptance test. In the event the 28 day sample does not meet the required strength a 42 day or 56 day QC cylinder will be tested for acceptance.

Unused cylinders shall be discarded.

The SSWJV field technician will test the concrete for the following during concrete placements:

• Slump, • Unit weight, • Air content, • Temperature.

Concrete pavement will be tested for Coefficient of Thermal Expansion per Technical Specification Section 40-1.01D(7)(a)(v).

Refer to Appendix D – Testing and Inspection Plan for testing method and frequency. 2.2.4 Concrete Mix Prequalification

SSWJV will test the concrete mix design for shrinkage in accordance with the Section 90- 1.01D(3) of the Technical Specifications. The concrete will be tested under AASHTO T 160 for use in the following areas:

• Deck Slab, • Floor Beams, • Edge Girders, • Arch Rib Floor Beams. 2.2.5 Mass Concrete

SSWJV will submit a Thermal Control Plan for approval that will conform to the requirements of 51-6 of the Caltrans Standard Specification 2010 Edition. The plan shall include the following:

• Signed by a PE, • Field installation, • Field data collection, • Data distribution.

Document Number: Page 11 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

2.3 SOILS SAMPLING AND TESTING

In-place compaction testing will be performed by a Standards Division Technician.

Quality Control Sampling and Testing

Sampling and testing to be performed by Standards Division Field Technician and Laboratory. The SSW Foreman will ensure lifts, during backfill, do not exceed the required maximum height.

Quality Assurance Sampling and Testing

Soil and aggregate samples for lab testing will be taken by a Standards Division Technician, transported, and tested by Standards Division.

Tests performed by the Standards Division Technician provide results that meet or exceed the Contract requirements will be considered acceptance tests.

Refer to Appendix D - Testing and Inspection Plan for testing method and frequency. 2.4 ASPHALT SAMPLING AND TESTING

Asphalt sampling will be performed by a Standards Division Technician. Test results will be reported to the BCA Inspector whom will then notify SSW of the results.

Quality Control Sampling and Testing

Sampling and testing to be performed by Standards Division Field Technician and Laboratory. The SSW Foreman shall ensure proper lifts, proper compaction, and verify correct material prior to placement with the material tickets.

Quality Assurance Sampling and Testing

Asphalt samples for lab testing will be taken by a Standards Division Field Technician, transported, and tested by Standards Division.

Test results that meet or exceed the Contract requirements will be considered the acceptance test.

Refer to Appendix D - Testing and Inspection Plan for testing method and frequency. 2.5 REINFORCING STEEL

Mechanical Splice Coupler

QA samples shall be taken from every release lot of materials. Lot size and criteria are as follows: Document Number: Page 12 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

Every release of same type of mechanical splice coupler for each:

• Bar size • Bar type • Manufactured item type

CJP Butt-Welded splices or Resistance-Butt-Welded Splices

QA samples shall be taken from every release lot of materials. Lot size and criteria are as follows:

Every release of same type of CJP butt-welded splices or resistance-butt-welded splices for each:

• Bar size • Bar type • Manufactured item type

Headed Bar

QA samples shall be taken from every release lot of materials. Lot size and criteria are as follows:

Every release of same type of headed bar for each:

• Bar size • Bar type • Manufactured item type

A reinforcing bar with a head on each end is counted as 2 headed reinforcing bars. 2.5.1 Splice Prequalification Report

For each splice type to be used in the work, SSWJV will submit a splice prequalification report for service splices and ultimate butt splices that will include the following:

• Copy of the coupler manufacturer’s product literature giving complete data on the splice material and installation procedures. • Names of the operators who will be performing the splicing. • Description of the positions, locations, equipment, and procedures that will be used in the work. • Certified test results from the authorized laboratory for the prequalification splice test samples. • Certifications from the fabricator for operator and procedure prequalification.

Document Number: Page 13 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

2.5.2 Splicing Quality Control Manager

A splicing Quality Control Manager will be assigned during splicing operations. SSWJV will submit to BOE and BCA the qualifications for the splicing QCM for approval. 2.5.3 Hoop and Coupler Sampling and Testing

BCA inspector or an independent Inspector, approved by BCA, will select QC and QA hoop and coupler samples.

Quality Control Sampling and Testing

Samples for QC will be taken from every production lot and tested by a Caltrans authorized laboratory.

Quality Assurance Sampling and Testing

Samples for QA will be taken from the first production lot and one of every five subsequent lots and shipped to Standards Division by SSWJV for testing. Lot size and criteria are as follows:

Every release of hoops or couplers for each:

• Bar size • Bar type • Manufactured item type

Refer to Appendix D – Testing and Inspection Plan for test method and frequency. 2.5.4 Headed Bar Sampling and Testing

BCA inspector or an independent Inspector, approved by BCA, will select QC and QA headed bar samples.

Quality Control Sampling and Testing

Samples for QC will be tested by a COLA approved third party testing laboratory.

Quality Assurance Sampling and Testing

Samples for QA will be shipped to Standards Division by SSWJV for testing. QA samples shall be taken from every release lot of materials. Lot size and criteria are as follows:

Every release of headed bar for each:

• Bar size • Bar type Document Number: Page 14 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

• Manufactured item type

Refer to Appendix D - Testing and Inspection Plan for testing frequency. 2.5.5 Epoxy Coated Reinforcing Steel

BCA Inspector or an independent Inspector, approved by BCA, will select QA epoxy coated rebar samples.

The epoxy powder shall be on the Caltrans Authorized Material List (AML).

Quality Control Sampling and Testing

The manufacturer shall perform continuous QC testing on the produced bars. The manufacturer’s certification will be provided.

Quality Assurance Sampling and Testing

Samples for QA will be shipped to Standards Division by SSWJV for testing.

QA samples shall be taken from every release lot of materials. Lot size and criteria are as follows:

Every release of same type of epoxy standard for each:

• Bar size • Bar type • Manufactured item type

Refer to Appendix D - Testing and Inspection Plan for testing frequency. 2.5.6 Welding of Reinforcing Steel

Requirements of Section 11-3 of the Caltrans Standards Specifications 2010 Edition shall be followed.

Prior to welding of rebar SSWJV will be submit the following for approval:

• Welding Quality Control Plan • Welder Certifications • Welding Procedure 2.6 POST TENSIONING

Shop drawings and material submittals will be submitted to BOE for approval. Document Number: Page 15 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

2.6.1 Post Tension Strand

BCA Inspector or an independent Inspector, approved by BCA, will select QA post tension strand samples.

Included with the sample will be a certificate of compliance, MTR, and QC test records from the manufacturer stating the minimum guaranteed ultimate tensile strength, strand area, yield, and elastic modulus of each strand sample.

Quality Control Sampling and Testing

The manufacturer shall perform continuous QC testing on the produced strands for every heat.

Quality Assurance Sampling and Testing

QA samples will be shipped to the job-site by SSWJV. Standards Division will retrieve the samples from the job-site for testing.

QA samples will be taken from every reel or pack of strands.

Refer to Appendix D - Testing and Inspection Plan for testing method and frequency. 2.6.2 Post Tensioning Bearing Plates and Anchor Heads

The post-tensioning prestressing systems shall be on Caltrans Authorized Materials List (AML).

BCA Inspector or an independent Inspector, approved by BCA, will select QA post tension bearing plate and anchor head coupon samples for every heat of materials. Test samples will be accompanied by Certificates stating the guaranteed ultimate tensile strength.

Quality Control Sampling and Testing

QC testing will be performed by the Manufacturer.

Quality Assurance Sampling and Testing

QA samples will be shipped to the Standards Division.

Refer to Appendix D - Testing and Inspection Plan for testing method and frequency. 2.6.3 Post Tensioning Strand Couplers

Prestressing tendon couplers to conform to Technical Specification Section 50-1.02F. 2.6.4 Prestressing Grout

SSWJV will submit to BOE the grout mix design for approval. Document Number: Page 16 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

Quality Control Sampling and Testing

Sampling and testing to be performed by Standards Division Field Technician and Laboratory.

Quality Assurance Sampling and Testing

The Standards Division Field Technician will perform the following tests during the grouting operation:

• Modified flow cone test in accordance with California Test Method 541, • Grout cubes for strength testing in accordance with ASTM C942, • Schupack pressure bleed test under article 4.4.6.2 of PTI M55.1-12, • Wet density test in accordance with article 4.4.8 of PTI M55.1-12, • Chloride ion test in accordance with ASTM C1152.

Refer to Appendix D – Testing and Inspection Plan for testing method and frequency. 2.7 FRICTION PENDULUM BEARINGS

The bearings will be proof tested in accordance with Technical Specification Section 51-3.04J. Prior to installation of the bearings, eight copies of the test results must be submitted and approved in writing by the Engineer. 2.8 CABLE SUPPORT SYSTEM

2.8.1 Cable Support Strand

A BCA Inspector will select QC and QA cable support strand samples.

Included with the sample will be a certificate from the manufacturer stating the minimum guaranteed ultimate tensile strength.

Quality Control Sampling and Testing

QC testing will be performed by the Manufacturer.

Quality Assurance Sampling and Testing

The selected QA samples will be retrieved by Standards Division during selection or after selection shipped directly to the Standards Division Laboratory.

Refer to Appendix D - Testing and Inspection Plan for testing method and frequency. 2.8.2 Fabrication of Welded Connections

Prior to fabrication the following will be completed: Document Number: Page 17 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

• A Welding Quality Control Plan (WQCP) shall be submitted and approved. The WQCP shall: ° Meet AWS D1.5 Section 12 – Fracture Control Plan (FCP) requirements. ° Have a distortion control plan (AWS D1.5 Section 3.4). ° List fabricator’s QC lead with experience in fracture control (AWS D1.5 Section 12). ° List welders that are qualified within the last six months of production. ° Have welding procedures and PQR that are witnessed and approved by BCA Inspectors or an independent Inspector. • A Quality Control Manager (QCM) will be assigned by SSWJV for welding. The Welding QCM will either be a PE or CWI. Upon SSWJV selection of the Welding QCM, qualifications will be submitted to BCA for approval. • A pre-weld meeting will be held prior to fabrication of the welded connections. • Shop drawings submitted and approved • Material verification by a BCA Inspector or an independent Inspector approved by BCA. 2.9 SEISMIC JOINT

2.9.1 Fabrication of the Weldment

Prior to fabrication the following will be completed:

• A Welding Quality Control Plan (WQCP) shall be submitted and approved. The WQCP shall: ° Meet AWS D1.5 Section 12 – Fracture Control Plan (FCP) requirements. ° Have a distortion control plan (AWS D1.5 Section 3.4). ° List fabricator’s QC lead with experience in fracture control (AWS D1.5 Section 12). ° List welders that are qualified within the last six months of production. ° Have welding procedures and PQR that are witnessed and approved by BCA Inspectors or an independent Inspector. • A Quality Control Manager (QCM) will be assigned by SSWJV for welding. The Welding QCM will either be a PE or CWI. Upon SSWJV selection of the Welding QCM, qualifications will be submitted to BCA for approval. • A pre-weld meeting will be held prior to fabrication of the welded connections. • Shop drawings submitted and approved • Material verification by a BCA Inspector or an independent Inspector approved by BCA. 2.10 FASTENERS

2.10.1 Anchor Bolts

Quality Control Sampling and Testing Document Number: Page 18 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

QC testing will be performed by the manufacturer. Torque verification will be conducted on 10% of installed anchor bolts with the Engineer present.

Quality Assurance Sampling and Testing

QA samples will be shipped to Standards Division for testing. 2.10.2 High Strength Bolts

Quality Control Sampling and Testing

QC testing will be performed by the manufacturer during manufacturing. Torque verification will be conducted on 10% of installed bolts with the Engineer present.

Quality Assurance Sampling and Testing

QA samples will be shipped to Standards Division for testing. 2.11 JOINT SEALS

Quality Control Sampling and Testing

QC testing will be performed by the manufacturer on every batch.

Quality Assurance Sampling and Testing

QA samples will be taken from every batch and shipped to Standards Division for testing.

Document Number: Page 19 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

3.0 INSPECTION AND CONTROL PROCEDURES

3.1 GENERAL

SSWJV developed, implements, and maintains this CQCP as a means of ensuring the Project is constructed in conformance with the Contract requirements. The sequence and interaction of work processes to conform to the requirements are controlled and maintained by the responsible SSWJV personnel with general oversight from the Deputy Project Manager.

The Deputy Project Manager plans, administers, and authorizes the use of resources of all departments within SSWJV to satisfy functional and technical requirements and perform the services contracted with subconsultants, subcontractors, and suppliers. The Deputy Project Manager is directly responsible for the general administration and overview of the Project staff, and for assurance that all Project requirements are met.

The responsibilities to develop, implement, and revise this CQCP rests with the QC Lead (QCL). The QCL informs the Deputy Project Manager of personnel resources needed to accomplish Project quality related activities. If the resources needed to accomplish the Project quality related activities are not provided, the QCL will notify the Project Executives of the need.

Activities to effectively and efficiently provide quality control across the organization include:

• Meetings (e.g., progress, scheduling, staff meetings, Preparatory meetings), • Supervision and oversight by management, • Reviews, checks, and verification processes, • Coordination with BCA for their inspection and testing acceptance.

To monitor and measure the work being produced, and establish impartiality in review, personnel conducting oversight activities including quality surveillances, and inspection activities will be independent to those having direct responsibility for the subject work being built or installed. When necessary, corrective actions will be implemented when deficiencies from these surveillances or inspection activities are discovered.

The CQCP will function as a continually improving quality system to ensure suitable measures throughout the Project’s lifecycle. This will be done primarily through reviewing surveillance reports, and analyzing inspection and test results.

Notification to BCA for inspection and testing for work performed by SSWJV or its subcontractors shall be made in accordance with Specification 01452-1.1 of the General Requirements. Additionally, the 4-Week Look Ahead, which will be provided to BCA each week, can be used to assist in projecting inspection and testing needs.

Document Number: Page 20 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

3.1.1 Project Planning

Project-wide planning is documented within SSWJV’s Project Management Plan along with secondary Plans covering specific work activities. The PMP establishes the framework and defines goals and objectives for management to carry out the Contract from Notice-to-Proceed through final acceptance by COLA. SSWJV PMP is a transparent plan for executing the Contract work safely, on time, on budget and within the defined scope. Quality provisions within the PMP provide a Project-wide planning effort towards fulfilling all COLA requirements.

Daily Game Plan Meeting

A Daily Game Plan meeting is held every workday to review the work for the following day. The participants in this meeting are, but not limited to, the following:

• SSWJV Superintendents • SSWJV Foreman • Subcontractor Foreman • Quality Control Lead • Quality Control Staff Members • SSWJV Field Engineers • SSWJV Safety Manager • BCA Inspectors

During the Daily Game Plan meeting the following items will be discussed:

• Current day’s work progression • Work activities for following day • Coordination between crews • Equipment coordination • Traffic Control needs • Inspection and Testing 3.2 CONSTRUCTION WORK PLANS

In Planning for upcoming activities, an Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) will be prepared identifying all activities comprising the quality control elements of the work. The ITP includes what is to be tested/inspected, the agency performing the inspection/test, the frequency the inspection/test will be conducted, the procedure/reference standard, specified references, and record documents to be maintained. The ITPs will be integrated into the respective work’s Construction Work Plan (CWP) and reviewed in the Preparatory Meetings. BCA may identify Hold Points on the ITPs at this time.

Document Number: Page 21 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

A CWP for individual work elements will include the following:

• Description of the Work with step by step sequence of the Work, • Public exposure to danger, inconvenience or risk, • List of prerequisite activities required, • List of applicable contract specification sections, • List of applicable design drawings, • List of applicable shop or working drawings and status, • List of required submittals and status, • List of materials to be used, • Equipment/tools required, • List of individuals and positions responsible for supervision of the work, including subcontractor supervision; providing phone numbers, • Scheduled start date, work hours, and duration of activity, • Job Hazard Analysis/Safety Work Plans, • List of interfaces with existing conditions and other work including subcontractors’ work, • Completed Inspection and Test Plan that includes Hold Points, • Protection of completed Work, • Any training required.

With use of the CWP, a Preparatory meeting will be held to discuss the scope and the CWP with the affected Project personnel. BOE and BCA will be invited to attend and participate in the Preparatory meetings. Finally, prior to initiating the work identified in the CWP, approval is required by the Construction Manager and Quality Control Lead. BOE and BCA will be provided the CWP, at a minimum, 5 days prior to the Preparatory Meeting for review and comment. Collectively, the CWP and the Preparatory meetings will ensure the quality or the work is consistent with the SSWJV quality policy and the overall Contract requirements.

The following Quality Work Plans are required per Table 12, Section 2.4, of the Project SIQMP:

• Friction Pendulum Bearings - Welding Quality Control Plan (WQCP) • Friction Pendulum Bearings – Painting Quality Control Plan (PQWP) • Arch Anchors Fabrication – Welding Quality Control Plan (WQCP) • Y Connectors Fabrication – Welding Quality Control Plan (WQCP) • Seismic Joint Assembly – Welding Quality Control Plan (WQCP) • Rebar Field Welding – Welding Quality Control Plan (WQCP)

In addition to the above Quality Control Plans a Geometry/Survey Quality Control Plan will be developed per Section 4.6 of the Project QMP. 3.3 STOP WORK ORDERS Document Number: Page 22 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

In the event of an observation by the QCL or an appointed qualified individual where it is obvious that the continuation of the work being performed will result in an end product that does meet Contract requirements, a Stop Work Order can be issued. Stop Work Order documentation and procedures can be found in QCP-109 Stop Work Order. 3.4 NON-CONFORMANCE

Identification of non-conforming work is the responsibility of all personnel and shall be reported to the QCL upon discovery. SSWJV will document non-conforming conditions and/or work with QCF-08 Non-Conformance Reports and track the status of corrective actions on the QCF-09 Non- Conformance Log. Further information regarding non-conformance reporting and tracking can be found in QCP-104 Non-Conformance Reporting. 3.5 CORRECTIVE AND PREVENTATIVE ACTIONS

Corrective action will be generated in the event internal audits show there is a significant breakdown in the Quality System, its related processes and procedures, or when repetitive non- conforming conditions and circumstances exist that compromise the quality program and/or degrade quality of products or processes.

Preventative processes will be established for non-conforming trends identified in the Non- Conformance Log. Corrective and preventative actions are addressed in further detail in QCP- 105 Corrective and Preventative Actions. 3.6 THREE PHASE INSPECTION PROCESS

SSWJV will implement a Three Phase Inspection Process for the Project. Further information regarding the Three Phase Process can be found in QCP-103 Inspection and Testing.

The Three Phase Inspection Process includes the following for each Definable Feature of Work (DFOW): Preparatory Phase

• Submittals • Construction Work Plan • Preparatory Phase Meeting Initial Phase

• Initial Phase Inspection • Documentation of Initial Phase Inspection • Repeat for each new crew to work on-site Follow-Up Phase Document Number: Page 23 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

• Daily inspection and testing of in-process work • Documentation of the Follow-Up Phase recorded on Daily Inspection Reports • Documentation of deficient and non-conforming conditions.

Refer to Appendix E – Three Phase Implementation for examples of the Three Phase Inspection process for several work elements.

3.7 FINAL ACCEPTANCE

BCA has the sole responsibility for final acceptance of all Project work. BCA’s acceptance is based on their oversight of SSWJV’s Quality Control and COLA’s Quality Assurance and Final Inspection. All deviations from specified test methods, frequencies, and specifications will require a BOE change order. Final acceptance follows the construction completion and final inspection. In some instances, SSWJV may demobilize the job site after completion of work, while punch list work is on-going, prior to final acceptance of the work.

3.8 SOURCE INSPECTION

SSW and its subcontractors/suppliers, through the use of the Materials Control Group documents and City CEM-3101 forms, will identify and schedule source inspection for items identified as requiring inspection.

Per section 2.2 of the Project SIQMP SSW will submit CEM-3101 forms to the RE and BCA Materials Control Group prior to start of fabrication.

Approved shop drawings will be provided to the BCA Source Inspector for use during the inspection process.

Document Number: Page 24 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

4.0 DOCUMENTS AND RECORDS

4.1 QUALITY RECORDS

Inspections are recorded in the Inspector’s DIR, including any applicable checklists and forms. SSWJV Document Control Manager maintains records of Contractor inspections and tests. These records cover both conforming and defective or deficient features, and include the compliance reports and necessary back-up data from SSWJV, subcontractors and material suppliers. Copies of records will be transmitted to BCA at the end of each week. These records include but not limited to:

• Work performed by the contractor, subcontractor and/or material supplier, • Results of inspections or tests, • Nature of defects, • Cause of rejection, • Nonconforming activities, • Basis for acceptance, • Corrective action taken, • Other data pertinent to the acceptance/rejection of the work.

Inspection and test activity records identify, at a minimum, the following:

• Name of item(s) inspected and tested, • Quantity of items, • Inspection and test procedure references, • Location inspection/test is being performed, • Date, • Name of inspector or tester, • Observations and comments, • Specified requirements, • Acceptability, • Deviations and non-conformances, • Corrective action, • Evaluation of results, • Signature of authorized evaluator. 4.2 CONTROL OF RECORDS

SSWJV has implemented and maintains procedures for controlling records related to quality activities. The Document Control procedures define the controls for recording identification, storage, protection, retrieval, retention, and disposition, as well as the applicable quality records required to be maintained. Document Number: Page 25 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

Records maintained by Document Control demonstrate achievement of quality objectives, and provide for objective evidence of the implementation of the Contractor Quality Control Plan. Types of records include but are not limited to:

• Drawings and Specifications • Surveillance Reports • Design Changes • Nonconformance Reports • Request for Information • Inspection and Test Reports • Procurement and Subcontract • Batch Plant Tickets Documents • Concrete Placement Records • Procedures and Instructions • Receipt Inspection Records • Quality Plans • Product Data • Calibration Records • Checklists

4.3 SUBMITTALS

SSWJV will provide submittals to BOE for review and approval required for performance of Contracted Work in accordance with Specification GR-01330. The submittals include, but are not limited to, the following:

• Contract Price (Cost Breakdown) • Construction schedule and notifications to BOE of completion of each milestone or percentage increment of the Work as required. • Submittal Schedule • Daily Construction Reports • Shop Drawings and Structural Calculations • Manufacturer’s Data and Specifications • Samples • Templates • Certificate of Compliance • Construction Photographs • Substitutions • Record Drawings and Record Project Manual • Operation and Maintenance Manuals • Stock Materials, Spare parts, tools • Material Testing Results • Daily Statement of cost-plus percentage Change Order • Survey grade sheets • Copies of Notice-To-Correction or Notice of Non-Compliance from governing authorities • Maintenance Logs and Maintenance Schedules • Permits • Request for Payments Document Number: Page 26 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

• Performance and Payment Bonds • Insurance Certificates • List of Subcontractors and proof of qualifications • Hazardous Communication Program • Certified Weekly Payroll Records • Ethnic Composition of Work Force Report • Third Party Testing Agency 4.3.1 Review of Submittals

Prior to submission to BOE for approval, it is the responsibility of the Quality Control Lead to review submittals for completeness and conformance to Contract Specifications.

Document Number: Page 27 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

5.0 QUALITY CONTROL PERSONNEL

5.1 TRAINING

Based on prior review of the qualifications of personnel selected to fill roles, individuals on SSWJV team are not expected to require significant additional training to function effectively. Subsequent records documenting certifications of additional quality personnel are maintained in accordance with the submitted Document Control procedures, and available to BCA and BOE upon request. SSWJV staff will be provided training on an as-needed basis. 5.2 PERSONNEL

5.2.1 Quality Control Lead – Michael Seale

The QC Lead shall have a minimum of five years of construction experience with a minimum of two years in a Quality Control or Quality Assurance engineer or management role.

The Contractor shall submit to BOE, in writing, in the event the Contractor desires to change the QC Lead, or other key QC personnel identified on the organization chart, and shall provide information specified above for BOE and BCA approval of the new QC Lead or personnel.

For experience and qualifications see Appendix F. 5.2.2 Quality Control Alternate – Kendrick Glover

A Quality Control Lead alternate will be tasked with the responsibilities and have the same authority as the Quality Control Lead in his absence.

For experience and qualifications see Appendix F. 5.2.3 Field Technician

The QC Field Technician shall be qualified for the position by a description of education, training, and previous quality assignments, with related duties and responsibilities, for a period sufficient to establish the appointee’s quality experience. Names and resumes of the qualifications for all QC personnel assigned to the QC Lead will be submitted in writing to BOE and BCA as they are assigned. 5.2.4 QC Personnel Approval

SSWJV shall submit Quality Control Lead and QC Field Technician qualifications for BOE and BCA approval.

Document Number: Page 28 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

6.0 SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS

6.1 GENERAL

SSWJV will ensure all subconsultant, subcontractor, and supplier contracts or purchase orders are clearly defined and communicate the requirements of the Project Contract with COLA. Verification of the subconsultant, subcontractor, or supplier capabilities will be assessed prior to execution of an agreement and any subsequent changes to the agreement will be communicated to those affected parties. 6.2 PURCHASING AND SUBCONTRACTING

SSWJV has established procedures for the evaluation and selection of subconsultants, subcontractors, and suppliers for the Project. These processes stipulate the requirements for contracts for services, supplier requirements, and the preparation of purchase orders. Selection includes an overall ability to supply products and services in accordance with the Contract requirements. 6.3 PURCHASING AND SUBCONTRACTING PROCESS

The qualifications and products of subconsultants, subcontractors, and suppliers will be examined prior to contracting for services or materials. The review process considers:

• Evaluation and selection of subconsultants, subcontractors, and suppliers on the basis of their ability to meet Contract requirements, including quality, safety, and reliability on performance standards. • Definition of the type and extent of control exercised by SSWJV over the subconsultants, subcontractors, and suppliers will be determined based on a pre-award assessment surveillance, and the scope of impact the supplied materials or services have on the quality of final product. Where applicable, quality records of prior in-service demonstrated capabilities will be required; of which such records will be maintained in accordance with the Contracting Plan and available to BCA upon request.

Prior to purchase or fabrication of materials the following will be verified:

• Material conforms to Buy America requirements, • Approved submittal for material/fabricated item, • Conforms to the Contract Specifications and Drawings. 6.4 PURCHASING AND SUBCONTRACTING INFORMATION

Purchasing documents will contain information clearly describing the service or material being contracted for, to include: Document Number: Page 29 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

• The materials to be furnished and scope of services. • The applicable issue of specifications, drawings process requirements, instructions, and other relevant technical information, including requirements for acceptance of materials, services, procedures, processes and personnel. • The quality control requirements to be used in the inspection and testing of materials and/or performance of services and those responsible for performing QC acceptance for their materials and/or services.

The contracts for services or purchase orders will acknowledge the right BCA, or their representative have to carry out reviews, examinations, oversight, or inspection and testing of the work at the location the work is being performed and prior to shipment, or upon receipt, to verify the service or product meets the Contract requirements. Such provisions by BCA will not absolve the supplier or SSWJV of the responsibility to provide an acceptable service or product.

Construction subcontractors will implement SSWJV’s approved CQCP for their respective work. Subconsultants and subcontractors providing significant elements of work may be required to submit their own control program to be approved by SSWJV. Quality Work Plans required by the Specifications will be submitted to BOE for approval. QWP’s and QCP’s from subcontractors and vendors will be on file in the QC files on site. 6.5 VERIFICATION OF PURCHASED PRODUCT

Where storage or off-site production is required, SSWJV has the right of access to the facility to review the work in-process, files, and documents of their tier subs’ products or services from which the materials/products are made. Access for BCA personnel to review the same off-site work is also included in the terms and conditions of the subcontractor’s contract.

SSWJV proposes to verify purchased materials or equipment at a subcontractor’s or supplier’s premises, SSWJV will specify verification arrangements 6.6 PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION AND TRACEABILITY

Certain products and materials will be necessary to be identified from receipt through installation and throughout stages of construction. Identification methods are also established to designate the inspection status of work products.

When required, identification and traceability methods include:

• Tagging, • Marking on Item (care required to assure marking method is non-destructive), • Color coding, • Location, • Documentation traceable to the item (travelers, inspection reports, notations on drawings, or other documents), Document Number: Page 30 of 30 CQCP Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Document: Issuer: Approved by: Contractor Quality Control Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

• Entries in computer databases.

Items received without proper documentation will be marked “HOLD” and not progress further in the system until the appropriate traceable records are in hand. Records are maintained, as required, throughout erection, installation, and use of an item to ensure no nonconforming or defective materials become part of the permanent work.

Further information regarding material receiving can be found in QCP 111 – Product Identification and Traceability.

Sixth Street Viaduct Project

Appendix A Quality Control Procedures and Forms Table of Contents

PROCEDURES Procedure No. Title Revision Date QCP 101 Procedure Preparation 10/5/15 QCP 102 Process Control 10/5/15 QCP 103 Inspection and Testing 10/5/15 QCP 104 Nonconformance Reporting 10/5/15 QCP 105 Corrective and Preventative Action Reporting 10/5/15 QCP 106 Daily Inspection Reports 10/5/15 QCP 107 Quality Records and Turnover 10/5/15 QCP 108 Record Drawings Audit Procedure 10/5/15 QCP 109 Stop Work Order 10/5/15 QCP 110 Inspection, Measuring and Testing Equipment 10/5/15 QCP 111 Product Identification and Traceability 10/5/15 QCP 112 Training 10/5/15 QCP 113 Record Drawings Procedure 10/5/15 QCP 114 Construction Work Plan Procedure 10/5/15

FORMS Form No. Title Revision Date QCF-01 Daily Quality Control Report 10/5/15 QCF-02 Weekly Summary Report 10/5/15 QCF-03 Preparatory Phase Meeting 10/5/15 QCF-04 Initial Phase Inspection 10/5/15 QCF-05 Measuring and Test Equipment Calibration Log 10/5/15 QCF-06 Material Receiving & Inspection Report 10/5/15 QCF-07 Material Receiving & Inspection Log 10/5/15 QCF-08 Nonconformance Report 10/5/15 QCF-09 Nonconformance Report Log 10/5/15 QCF-10 Quality Action Log 10/5/15 QCF-11 Training Sign-In Template 10/5/15 QCF-12 Stop Work Order 10/5/15 QCF-13 Corrective and Preventative Action Report 10/5/15 QCF-14 Corrective and Preventative Action Report Log 10/5/15 QCF-15 Construction Work Plan 10/5/15

Document Number: Page 1 of 3 QCP-101 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Procedure Preparation Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

The Contractor Quality Control Plan (CQCP) contains sections that describe the activities that will be performed by the construction team to assure the quality and technical requirements of the contract documents are achieved. Each Quality Control Procedure (QCP) should be structured using the following format:

1.0 Purpose:

It is recommended that all "Purpose" paragraphs begin as follows:

1.1 "To define the responsibilities and describe the methods and documents to be used to ..."

I.e., briefly describe the specific purpose of the procedure.

2.0 Scope:

It is recommended that all "Scope" paragraphs begin as follows:

2.1 "This procedure applies to ..."

2.2 Additional paragraphs as necessary

I.e. briefly describe the extent of functional coverage and scope limitations of the procedure.

3.0 Definitions:

List abbreviations here (unless they are shown in brackets following the first use of the phrase). Abbreviations and acronyms are to be written without a period.

3.1 Additional paragraphs as necessary…

I.e., define words or phrases having special meaning within the procedure.

4.0 Responsibilities:

Describe only individual or section responsibilities directly associated with the procedure.

4.1 Additional paragraphs as necessary...

I.e., identify the organization and personnel assignments with a brief description of the responsibilities of the individuals charged with the implementation of the procedure.

5.0 Instructions:

Document Number: Page 2 of 3 QCP-101 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Procedure Preparation Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

Under this heading describe the specific step by step procedure or instructions to be followed, identifying all information necessary for proper implementation.

5.1 Breakdown the paragraph if necessary when describing the procedure following e.g.

5.1.1 … 5.1.1.2 … Standardize the use of words and phrases within the procedure with the same meaning

Where possible use, supplier instead of vendor, subcontractor, manufacturer, bidder, etc. Avoid using the names of individuals, only titles of positions. If what is being performed is required by the contract documents, use shall. Avoid use of must, will, have, etc.

6.0 Reference Documents:

List all Contractor or Owner procedures or documents referred to in the procedure, or if they have a direct relationship with the procedure contents.

6.1 Additional paragraphs as necessary...

I.e., list all cited reference documents, such as related procedures, applicable regulatory guidelines, codes or standards.

7.0 Attachments:

Provide single sided only copies of any forms referred to in the procedure.

7.1 Show attachments separately as necessary with title and form #.

8.0 Numbering of Procedures and Appearance:

8.1 All Contractor Quality Control Plan (CQCP) procedures and pages will be numbered in accordance with the document numbering system specified by the Contractor Quality Control Lead.

8.2 The front sheet shall be called the Title Page.

All continuation pages shall be numbered consecutively.

Document Number: Page 3 of 3 QCP-101 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Procedure Preparation Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

8.3 All procedures shall be typed on a word processor with spacing, paragraph numbering, page design, layout and headings all as generally presented in this procedure.

9.0 Approval of Procedures:

9.1 All procedures shall be distributed for review and comments to appropriate Contractor project management personnel before final approval signatures and distribution.

9.2 The procedure writer shall take note of the comments and revise the procedure as necessary.

9.3 The procedure shall be approved by the Contractor Quality Control Lead and included in an amended version of the Contractor Quality Control Plan.

Document Number: Page 1 of 2 QCP-102 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Process Control Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

1.0 Purpose and Scope:

1.1 Purpose: To define the process for controlling construction, fabrication and repair processes for this project.

1.2 Scope:

1.2.1 Applies to any project construction, fabrication, or manufacturing process where special skills, procedures, or equipment are required for the proper execution of the task.

1.2.2 Applies to those tasks where the Contract specifications specifically require a written quality control procedure or work instruction.

1.2.3 Process Control documents shall be established in order to ensure accuracy and consistency in production and construction of specific items of work which require procedure documents.

2.0 Definitions: DFOW – Definable Feature of Work

3.0 Responsibilities:

3.1 The Contractor Quality Control Lead (QCL) shall:

3.1.1 Be responsible for the implementation and maintenance of this procedure.

3.1.2 Be responsible for coordinating and conducting the Three Phase Inspection Process per (QCP-103) in advance of the commencement of this DFOW.

3.1.3 Coordinate with the appropriate suppliers, subcontractors, or project personnel to develop or acquire required control procedures.

3.1.4 Be responsible for the ongoing execution of this procedure.

3.1.5 Monitor and evaluate processes and procedures.

3.1.6 Coordinate required inspection and test activities.

4.0 Materials and Equipment/Tools: N/A

Document Number: Page 2 of 2 QCP-102 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Process Control Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

5.0 Instructions:

5.1 General:

5.1.1 As required to assure quality, documented QC procedures or work instructions shall be provided to personnel prior to performing the specialized work tasks.

5.1.2 Personnel performing these tasks shall monitor, control, inspect, and sign-off on all items of work after construction/fabrication processes.

5.1.3 Special processes may include:

5.1.3.1 Welding, special coatings, or other process that is highly dependent on the process or the skill of operators.

5.1.3.2 Work that requires the special certification of field personnel.

5.1.4 Only personnel qualified and properly trained to do the work shall perform activities requiring written procedures.

5.1.5 When personnel qualifications are required as indicated or specified per the Contract specifications to perform certain tasks, the QCL shall ensure that all written documentation and/or certifications are submitted and approved by the Owner.

5.1.6 Procedures for special process to the project shall be developed to the associated standards, specifications, or other special contractual requirements.

5.1.7 The QCL shall conduct, coordinate (independent inspection and testing services) and document all required test and inspections.

6.0 Reference Documents:

6.1 QCP-104 - Non-conformance Reporting 6.2 QCP-105 - Corrective Action Reporting 6.3 QCF-106 - Daily Inspection Report 6.4 QCF-03 – Preparatory Phase Meeting 6.5 QCF-04 - Initial Phase Inspection Form

7.0 Revision History: Revision 0

Document Number: Page 1 of 10 QCP-103 Revision Date: Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Inspection and Testing Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

This Quality System Procedure for Inspection and Testing is presented in two parts:

Part 1 Inspection and Testing - General Part 2 Three Phase Inspection Process

Part 1 Inspection and Testing - General

1.0 Purpose and Scope:

1.1 Purpose: To define procedures and responsibilities for inspection and test activities.

1.2 Scope: Applies to all acceptance and verification inspection and testing conducted by or provided by the Contractor.

2.0 Definitions:

2.1 Inspection Activity such as measuring, examining, testing or gauging one or more characteristics of a product or work activity and comparing the results with specified requirements in order to establish whether conformity is achieved for each characteristic.

2.2 Verification The act of reviewing, inspecting, testing, checking, auditing, or otherwise determining and documenting whether items, processes, services, or documents conform to specified requirements.

2.3 Test A method of inspection or verification used in determining the capability of an item to meet specified requirements by subjecting the item to a set of physical, chemical, environmental, or operating conditions.

2.4 Acceptance Specified limits placed on characteristics of an item, process or service as defined in codes, standards or other requirement documents.

3.0 Responsibilities:

3.1 The Contractor Quality Control Lead (QCL) shall be responsible for:

3.1.1 Implementation of this procedure.

3.1.2 Coordinating and conducting the Three Phase Inspection process. (Refer to Part 2).

Document Number: Page 2 of 10 QCP-103 Revision Date: Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Inspection and Testing Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

3.1.3 Conducting or providing all inspection and testing.

3.1.4 Identifying those items or activities that require inspection or testing.

3.1.5 Developing or acquiring the required inspection and/or test procedures.

3.1.6 Ensuring that project personnel are aware of inspection and testing requirements.

3.1.7 Providing oversight and supervision for all third party inspection and testing labs or agencies.

3.1.8 Coordinating with the Owner for concurrent inspection and testing.

3.1.9 Maintaining all testing and inspection records.

4.0 Instructions:

4.1 General:

4.1.1 The QCL shall identify all activities that require inspection and testing, and shall log all those activities on the Testing and Inspection Plan. The Testing and Inspection Plan shall give the test name, specification paragraph containing the test requirements (if applicable), and the personnel and laboratory responsible for each type of test.

In addition to those specified, the test listed shall include those required by manufacturers and those required at successive stages of the performance of the work.

4.1.2 All inspection and testing shall be performed in accordance with approved procedures, project specifications, and referenced standards. When no standard is referenced for a particular item or activity, the QCL shall coordinate with the Owner to establish a mutually agreeable standard.

4.1.3 Inspection and testing procedures will be included in the Construction Work Plan(s) and available for review at least 5 days prior to the Preparatory Meeting. During the Preparatory Meeting the procedure will be discussed and mutually agreed upon.

Document Number: Page 3 of 10 QCP-103 Revision Date: Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Inspection and Testing Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

4.1.4 Equipment, material, or work that fails an initial test and passes a subsequent retest may be subject to additional testing at the direction of the QCL or Owner prior to acceptance.

4.1.5 Refer to QCP-104 Non-conformance Reporting and QCP-105 Corrective Action Reporting for specific procedures for deficient or non-conforming materials or work.

4.2 Receiving Inspection and Testing:

4.2.1 All equipment or materials brought onto the project for incorporation into the project shall be inspected or tested in accordance with the Contract requirements prior to incorporation into the work.

4.2.2 Notify the Owner of delivery and location of incoming material to facilitate Owner’s inspections.

4.2.3 Refer to QCP-111 Product Identification and Traceability for further procedures.

4.3 Manufacturer’s Certificates of Conformance:

4.3.1 Before installation of materials or equipment, manufacturer’s certifications as required by the Contract Documents shall be furnished by the manufacturer and submitted to the Owner for review and approval.

4.3.1.1 Certificates shall be signed by an authorized representative of the product or manufacturer. The original of all manufacturers’ certifications shall state that the material complies with Contract requirements.

4.3.1.2 Submit certificates with each lot of material delivered on the day the materials are delivered to the site.

4.3.1.3 The certificate shall be accompanied by a certified copy of test results.

4.3.1.4 Materials used on the basis of a certificate may be sampled and tested by the Owner.

4.4 Certified Test Reports:

4.4.1 Before delivery of materials or equipment certified copies of the reports of all tests listed in the technical specifications and referenced standards shall be Document Number: Page 4 of 10 QCP-103 Revision Date: Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Inspection and Testing Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

submitted to the Owner for review and approval. Accompany test reports with certificates from the manufacturer certifying that the materials and equipment proposed to be supplied is of the same type, quality, manufacture, and make as that tested.

4.5 In-process Inspection and Testing:

4.5.1 A Three Phase Inspection Process and testing system shall be implemented as addressed in QCP-103 Part 2 Three Phases of Inspection Control.

4.5.2 In-process inspection and testing shall be conducted in accordance with the specification requirements, the Inspection and Test Plan, and approved written procedures.

4.5.2.1 In general, written procedures for inspection and testing are incorporated into applicable Quality Control Procedures (refer to QCP- 102 Process Control).

4.5.2.2 The QCL shall determine the format for all procedures for which a format is not specified in the Contract.

4.5.2.3 Procedures shall be included in the Construction Work Plan(s) and available for review and comment prior to the Preparatory Meeting.

4.5.3 Continuous inspection or testing shall be provided for all work activities where continuous monitoring is required by the procedure.

4.5.4 Where continuous monitoring is not required, hold points shall be established in order to allow required inspections or tests to be conducted prior to work proceeding. This is especially important where follow-on work may make required inspections or tests difficult or impossible to conduct.

4.5.5 Only testing laboratories, agencies, or personnel with the required qualification or accreditation shall perform inspections and/or tests. Credentials shall be submitted to the Owner for review and approval.

4.5.5.1 Written notification shall be issued to the Owner for approval prior to dismissal and replacement of the independent certified material testing laboratory.

Document Number: Page 5 of 10 QCP-103 Revision Date: Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Inspection and Testing Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

4.5.5.2 The independent testing laboratory or Contractor provided testing laboratory shall hold and maintain an active accreditation in accordance with ASTM E329 throughout the course of the Contract.

4.5.6 Test equipment or instrumentation shall be adequate for the application, and shall be calibrated per the requirements of the Contract or referenced standard. This equipment shall be identified and logged in the Measuring and Test Equipment Log. Refer to QCP-110 Inspection, Measuring, and Test Equipment for procedures.

4.5.7 Results shall be recorded on the appropriate form and forwarded to the QCL for evaluation and distribution to COLA. The inspection and test records shall address the following:

• Name of item tested or inspected • Specification or test procedure paragraph reference • Quantity of items • Location • Date • Name of inspector/tester • Observations/comments • Specified requirements • Deviations/non-conformances • Corrective Action • Evaluation of results • Acceptability • Signature of authorized inspection and test personnel

4.5.8 A copy of all test results will be sent directly from the Contractor's independent testing laboratory to the Owner each week. A copy of any failing reports will be sent immediately. All test reports will be reviewed and signed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State.

4.5.9 Daily Inspection Reports:

4.5.9.1 Following the Preparatory Phase Meeting and the start of work, daily inspections shall be performed by the QC Staff as directed by the QCL.

4.5.9.2 Inspection is to assure the continuing conformance of the work to the Contract requirements and the workmanship standards established during the Preparatory Phase Meeting. Document Number: Page 6 of 10 QCP-103 Revision Date: Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Inspection and Testing Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

4.5.9.3 Daily inspections and testing performed shall be documented in the Daily Inspection Report form (QCF-01) as appropriate.

4.5.9.4 The daily inspection information shall be entered on the form by the QCL and/or QC Staff. Field test reports will also be attached to the Daily Inspection Report.

4.5.9.5 During the daily inspection, any uncorrected deficient or non- conforming item shall be referenced and noted on the report and reported per QCP-104, Non-conformance Reporting.

4.6 Documentation:

4.6.1 Inspection or test results shall be recorded in accordance with the requirements of each test and inspection procedure and this procedure. All reports shall be submitted to the Owner.

4.6.2 Inspection or test results shall be reviewed by the QCL to verify that the results meet approved acceptance criteria.

4.6.3 Inspection or test results that do not meet acceptance criteria shall be reported per QCP-104 Non-conformance Reporting and QCP-105 Corrective Action Reporting using specific procedures for deficient or non-conforming materials or work. This report will include a root cause analysis.

5.0 Reference Documents:

5.1 QCP-111 - Product Identification and Traceability 5.2 QCP-102 - Process Control 5.3 QCP-103 - Three Phases of Inspection Control 5.4 QCP-110 - Inspection, Measuring, and Test Equipment 5.5 QCP-104 - Non-conformance Reporting 5.6 QCP-105- Corrective Action Reporting 5.7 QCF-01- Daily inspection Report 5.8 QCF-03- Preparatory Phase Meeting Form 5.9 QCF-04- Initial Phase Form

6.0 Revision History: Revision 0

Document Number: Page 7 of 10 QCP-103 Revision Date: Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Inspection and Testing Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

Part 2 Three (3) Phase Inspection Process

1.0 Purpose and Scope:

1.1 Purpose: This procedure defines the responsibilities and the structure of the Three Phase Inspection Process: Preparatory, Initial and Follow-up Phases. The purpose of the three phases of control is to require the Contractor to plan and schedule the work to ensure that the construction team is properly prepared to accomplish certain Definable Features of Work (DFOW) with the requirements of the Contract.

1.2 Scope: Applies to all DFOW provided by the Contractor, its subcontractors and suppliers for this project.

2.0 Definitions:

CQCP – Contractor Quality Control Plan QCF – Quality Control Form DFOW – Definable Feature of Work QCL – Contractor’s Quality Control Lead

3.0 Responsibilities:

3.1 The QCL and Project Manager shall be responsible to develop and maintain a list of all the DFOWs on-site and off-site required for this Contract and implement the Three Phase Inspection Process.

3.2 The QCL and applicable field engineer are responsible for coordinating and conducting the preparatory and initial phase meetings in advance of the commencement of a DFOW and monitoring the work through the Follow-up Phase.

3.3 The QCL is responsible to give advance notice (at least 48 hours) to the Owner and all parties involved prior to conducting the Preparatory Phase Meeting.

3.4 The QCL is responsible to give advance notice (at least 48 hours) to the Owner prior to conducting the Initial Phase control.

4.0 Materials and Equipment/Tools: N/A

5.0 Instructions:

Document Number: Page 8 of 10 QCP-103 Revision Date: Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Inspection and Testing Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

5.1 The Contractor shall maintain a documented Three Phase Inspection Process. The three phases of inspection shall include:

5.1.1 Preparatory Phase:

5.1.1.1 Preparatory Phase to be applied to each DFOW. 5.1.1.2 The Contractor engineer in charge of the DFOW is responsible for developing a Construction Work Plan (CWP) with support and input from the QCL, Project Engineer, Construction Manager, Safety Manager, and related subcontractors.

5.1.1.3 The participants at the preparatory meeting shall include: third party and Owner representatives, members of the QC Staff, supervisor in charge of work and other individuals responsible for the work.

5.1.1.4 The QCL will discuss the following items (as a minimum) at the Preparatory Phase Meeting:

• Review of Contract Documents • Verification that all materials and/or equipment are tested, submitted and approved • RFI status (Completed, Resolved) • Construction Work Plan (CWP) • Verification of correct materials to be used • Identify inspections and tests to be performed • Define procedures for controlling quality of the work • Preliminary work status and compliance • Review safety requirements • What will constitute a representative segment for purpose of the Initial Phase inspections and agree. • Hold Point inspection identification • Quality Control check list

5.1.1.5 The QCL shall prepare all documentation and procedures in advance for presentation at the meeting.

5.1.1.6 This meeting will be documented by the QCL and field engineer in charge of the work with the revised Construction Work Plan (CWP) and attendance sign-in sheet. The revised CWP will be distributed to all attendees.

Document Number: Page 9 of 10 QCP-103 Revision Date: Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Inspection and Testing Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

5.1.2 Initial Phase:

5.1.2.1 The Initial Phase Inspection shall be conducted at the work location as soon as a representative segment of the DFOW is accomplished.

5.1.2.2 The Initial Phase Inspection will be performed by the QCL to assess if the work is in compliance with the contract requirements and plans developed during the Preparatory Phase Meeting. The participants in the Initial Phase Inspection shall include: third party and Owner representatives, members of the QC Staff, field engineer, superintendent and foreman in charge of work and subcontractor (if applicable).

5.1.2.3 Requirements and observations during the Initial Phase Inspection include:

• Review requirement established in the preparatory meeting. • Check preliminary work status and compliance. • Verify adequacy of controls (inspection and testing) to ensure full compliance. • Establish level of workmanship. • Review for omissions or dimensional errors. • Resolve all differences. • Review safety requirements including job hazard analysis.

5.1.2.4 The Initial Phase Inspection meeting will be documented on the Initial Phase Inspection Form (QCF-04) and attached to the Daily Inspection Report.

5.1.2.5 The Initial Phase shall be repeated for each new crew to work onsite, or at any time established level of workmanship is not being met.

5.1.3 Follow-up Phase:

5.1.3.1 Daily inspections and testing (as required) to be conducted throughout the in-process work until completion and final acceptance.

5.1.3.2 All inspection and tests will be performed at a frequency as agreed to or as necessary to ensure that the requirements of the Contract are satisfied.

Document Number: Page 10 of 10 QCP-103 Revision Date: Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Inspection and Testing Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

5.1.3.3 Documentation of the follow-up phase will be recorded on the Daily Inspection Reports.

5.1.3.4 Deficient and non-conforming conditions will be documented per QCP- 104 Non-conformance Reporting

6.0 Reference Documents: See Part 1 of this document

7.0 Revision History: Revision 0 Document Number: Page 1 of 4 QCP-104 Revision Date: Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Non-Conformance Reporting Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

1.0 Purpose and Scope:

1.1 Purpose: To define the responsibilities and describe the procedures and documents to be used to control non-conforming items, conditions and services identified in the course of construction activities and to prevent their inadvertent use or installation prior to corrective action to resolve the non-conforming conditions.

1.2 Scope: This applies to non-conforming items, conditions and services identified on all work performed by the Contractor including work performed by the subcontractors and suppliers.

2.0 Definitions:

2.1 Non-conforming Items- materials, equipment, and services including actions associated with installation or construction not in compliance with the approved construction drawings and specifications. Closure of a Non-conforming Item requires Job Memorandum from BCA.

2.2 Quality Action Item – materials, equipment, and services including actions associated with installation or construction not in compliance with the approved construction drawings and specifications, but can be resolved before escalating into a non- conformance. A Quality Action does not require approval signature from the Engineer of Record or designer. This includes inspections and tests which remain open or uncorrected at the close of each work day or shift. A Quality Action Item may be elevated to Nonconformance Report status if the issue is not resolved in a timely manner or after further investigation it is determined that the repair/acceptance method requires approval signature from the Engineer of Record or designer.

2.3 NCR – Non-conformance Report

2.4 Dispositions- Resolutions for correcting the non-conforming work including:

• Rework: Reprocessing an item to conform to the specified requirements.

• Reject/Scrap: Removal of non-conforming item from the site.

• Repair: Restoring or modifying an item to a condition that will make it acceptable for its intended use. This may require concurrence from the Designer of Record and/or the Engineer of Record, as determined by BOE.

Document Number: Page 2 of 4 QCP-104 Revision Date: Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Non-Conformance Reporting Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

3.0 Responsibilities:

3.1 The Contractor Quality Control Lead (QCL) shall be responsible for:

3.1.1 Implementation of this procedure.

3.1.2 Ensuring that the status of all tests and inspections is properly indicated.

3.1.3 Ensuring that the status and disposition of all non-conforming items is documented.

3.1.4 Ensuring that non-conforming materials are removed immediately from the work until a disposition can be determined.

3.1.5 Reporting all non-conforming items and providing reports to the Owner.

3.2 All personnel are responsible for identifying non-conforming conditions to the QCL, who shall make a determination as to the disposition of the non-conformance.

4.0 Instructions:

4.1 Non-conformance

4.1.1 All non-conforming materials or work shall be reported to the QCL. Non- conforming conditions may be identified through visual observation, testing, inspection, or receiving inspection.

4.1.2 Non-conforming items referred to in the NCR located on site shall be identified and segregated from conforming items, where applicable, to prevent inadvertent use.

4.1.3 The QCL will validate the non-conforming condition, issue the NCR, and transmit the initially issued NCR to the Deputy Project Manager (PM), the Owner representative, and the subcontractor or field engineer in charge of the work item.

4.1.4 The QCL shall enter the NCR details into the NCR Log and maintain the log with regards to disposition and close-out of all non-conforming items.

4.1.5 The BOE representative shall disposition the NCR for “rework”, “repair”, “scrap”, or agree to a resolution if the person identifying the non-conformance has provided one. When the NCR disposition is "repair" a documented technical Document Number: Page 3 of 4 QCP-104 Revision Date: Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Non-Conformance Reporting Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

justification or a change order shall be supplied by BOE. SSW will submit the repair procedure to BOE for approval.

4.1.6 Following the completion of repair or rework specified on the NCR disposition, the QCL shall have the item re-inspected by BCA to the specified acceptance criteria, in addition to any other criteria was established in the NCR disposition.

4.1.7 Non-conforming items found in subcontractors work by Contractor QC Staff, construction team members or the Owner will be processed the same as the non-conforming items in Contractor work. Control of non-conforming work for subcontractors and suppliers performing work off-site will be in accordance with procedures contained in the subcontractors or suppliers approved quality program.

4.1.8 The NCR is closed when signed off by a Job Memorandum from BCA.

4.1.9 The QCL shall ensure that all forms are completed properly, and that required signatures are obtained.

4.1.10 The QCL shall review the status of all non-conformances at scheduled weekly QC meetings.

4.2 Quality Action

4.2.1 When an item is found to be of condition or service not in compliance with the approved construction drawings and specifications, but is minor in nature and may be resolved before it escalates into a non-conformance, the QCL will enter the item into the Quality Action Log.

4.2.2 The Quality Action Log numbers each item in successive, chronological order, briefly describes the nature and location of the work, the nature of the inspection or test, cause(s) for rejection, corrective action(s) recommended, the identity of the inspector or technician, the date the item was corrected, and the identity of the inspector or technician who verified the corrective action.

4.2.3 If necessary, due to inadequate response time or other circumstances, an NCR may be issued for a Quality Action item. This will be determined based on discussion between the QCL and Owner representative.

4.3 Corrective Action:

Document Number: Page 4 of 4 QCP-104 Revision Date: Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Non-Conformance Reporting Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

4.3.1 A Corrective Action Request will be generated in the event there is a significant breakdown in the Quality System or its related processes and procedures per QCP-105 – Corrective Action Reporting.

5.0 Reference Documents:

5.1 QCP-111- Product identification and Traceability 5.2 QCP-102- Process Control 5.3 QCP-103- Inspection and Testing 5.4 QCP-105- Corrective Action Reporting 5.5 QCF-08- Non-conformance Report 5.6 QCF-13- Corrective and Preventative Action Report 5.7 QCF-10- Quality Action Log 5.8 QCF-09- Non-conformance Log

6.0 Revision History: Revision 0 Document Number: Page 1 of 4 QCP-105 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Corrective and Preventative Action Reporting Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

1.0 Purpose and Scope:

1.1 Purpose: To define the responsibilities and describe the methods for identifying items and processes that require investigation for the purpose of correcting repeated non- conforming conditions and to implement corrective actions needed to prevent recurrence.

1.2 Scope: Corrective action will be generated in the event internal audits show there is a significant breakdown in the Quality System or its related processes and procedures or when repetitive non-conforming conditions and circumstances exist that compromise the quality program and/or degrade quality of products or processes.

2.0 Definitions:

2.1 Non-conforming Items: Materials, equipment, and services including actions associated with installation or construction not in compliance with the approved construction drawings and specifications. Closure of a Non-conforming Item requires a Job Memorandum from BCA.

2.2 Quality Action Item: Materials, equipment, and services including actions associated with installation or construction not in compliance with the approved construction drawings and specifications than can be resolved before escalating into a non- conformance. A Quality Action does not require approval signature from the Engineer of Record or designer. This includes inspections and tests which remain open or uncorrected at the close of each work day or shift. A Quality Action Item may be elevated to Nonconformance Report status if the issue is not resolved in a timely manner or after further investigation it is determined that the repair/acceptance method requires approval signature from the Engineer of Record or designer.

2.3 Corrective and Preventive Action: Measures taken to resolve a detected repetitive non- conformance within a product, service or quality system which represents a reoccurring systemic problem and those measures taken by management to prevent its recurrence.

3.0 Responsibilities:

3.1 The Quality Control Lead is responsible for ensuring the implementation of this procedure.

3.2 A copy of the Corrective and Preventive Action Report will be transmitted to the PM and COLA by the Contractor Quality Control Lead (QCL) for input as appropriate for review, approval, and action.

Document Number: Page 2 of 4 QCP-105 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Corrective and Preventative Action Reporting Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

3.3 The QCL shall be responsible for:

3.3.1 Coordinating and overseeing the investigation of the causes of non- conformances.

3.3.2 Coordinating the development of corrective action criteria.

3.3.3 Ensuring that corrective action is taken and is effective.

3.3.4 Coordinating the development of preventative action procedures to ensure that deficiencies do not reoccur.

3.4 The QC Staff or third party inspection agencies are responsible for providing re- inspection or testing, as necessary, after corrective action is taken.

3.5 Appropriate and timely corrective measures will be taken by the responsible party to clear the corrective action request and to prevent recurrence of the non- conformance.

4.0 Materials and Equipment/Tools: N/A

5.0 Instructions:

5.1 General:

5.1.1 For preventive action before a non-conforming item occurs, the Contractor will utilize the work planning process, Pre-Activity Meetings, quality trainings and the Request For Information (RFI) process to ensure a good understanding of the work to be performed.

5.1.2 The QCL will review on a regular basis all Non-conformance Reports and Quality Action Items to identify recurrent non-conformances that may require a change in the established policies, procedures, or processes. This review will include the following:

• Determination of the root cause of the non-conformance. • Review of the effect of the non-conformance on other components, subsystems or systems. • Determination of a proposed corrective action. • Recommended responsibility for initiating the corrective action.

Document Number: Page 3 of 4 QCP-105 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Corrective and Preventative Action Reporting Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

5.1.3 When a repetitive non-conformance is identified and represents a reoccurring systemic problem the QCL shall coordinate with the Contractor engineer or subcontractor responsible to develop and implement appropriate controls or procedures required to prevent reoccurrence of the non-conformance.

5.1.4 The QCL will prepare a Corrective and Preventive Action Report (CPAR) with a root cause analysis and a proposed corrective action to resolve the problem.

5.1.5 Corrective action shall be proactive so as to eliminate not only the present non- conformance, but also to eliminate potential future problems.

5.1.6 A copy of the CPAR will be transmitted to the PM for review. The QCL will transmit the CPAR to the Contractor engineer or subcontractor responsible for the non-conforming item and the approved corrective action. Once acknowledged and approved, the QCL will transmit a copy of the CPAR to the Owner.

5.1.7 The party responsible for completing the corrective action will notify the QCL when the corrective action has been completed.

5.1.8 The QCL will verify and document the corrective action has been completed.

5.1.9 The QCL will transmit the final closed and signed copy of the CPAR to the Owner.

5.1.10 No corrective action may be implemented without the concurrence of BOE.

5.1.11 All CPARs shall be logged in the Corrective and Preventive Action Report Log.

5.1.12 The QCL shall review corrective action status at scheduled weekly QC meetings.

5.1.13 If it is determined that a Quality Control Procedure (QCP) or work plan is the cause of a deficiency, that procedure shall be re-written to eliminate the deficiency.

5.1.14 QCPs shall be modified to reflect any changes in procedures that may be necessary to eliminate potential deficiencies.

6.0 Reference Documents:

6.1 QCP-111-Product Identification and Traceability 6.2 QCP-102-Process Control Document Number: Page 4 of 4 QCP-105 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Corrective and Preventative Action Reporting Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

6.3 QCP-103-Inspection and Testing 6.4 QCP-104-Non-conformance Reporting 6.5 QCF-13-Corrective and Preventive Action Report 6.6 QCF-14- Corrective and Preventive Action Log 6.7 QCF-10- Quality Action Log 6.8 QCF-09- Non-conformance Report Log

7.0 Revision History: Revision 0

Document Number: Page 1 of 2 QCP-106 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Daily Inspection Reports Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

1.0 Purpose and Scope:

1.1 Purpose: To define the responsibilities and describe the methods and documents to be used to carry out daily inspection of work item features.

1.2 Scope: This procedure applies to the daily inspections performed by the QC Staff and the QC Summary Report provided weekly to the Owner.

2.0 Definitions: N/A

3.0 Responsibilities:

3.1 The QC Staff as assigned and directed by the Contractor Quality Control Lead (QCL) is responsible for performing daily inspections, completing reports and compiling back-up documentation related to the activities described in the report.

3.2 The QCL is responsible for reviewing and signing the Daily Inspection Reports and transmitting to BCA on the following day by noon.

4.0 Materials and Equipment/Tools: N/A

5.0 Instructions:

5.1 Daily Inspection Reports

5.1.1 Following the Pre-activity Meeting and on the first day of work, daily inspections shall be performed by the QC Staff. The object is to assure the continuing conformance of the work to the Contract requirements and the workmanship standards.

5.1.2 Inspections and tests shall be recorded in the inspector’s Daily Inspection Report, including any applicable checklists and forms. Report of inspection and test activities must identify the following, at a minimum:

• Name of item(s) inspected/tested • Quantity of items • Inspection test procedure reference (with organization and document identification) • Date • Name of inspector/tester (with name of organization or laboratory) • Observations/comments Document Number: Page 2 of 2 QCP-106 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Daily Inspection Reports Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

• Specified requirements (with section/paragraph number reference) • Type of test or inspection performed • M&TE used for testing or measuring. • Acceptability • Deviations/non-conformance • Corrective action • Evaluation of results • Signature of authorized evaluator.

5.1.3 Any non-conformances including Quality Action Items shall be referenced and noted on the Daily Inspection Report and non-conformance reporting per QCP- 104 shall be implemented.

5.1.4 The Daily Quality Control Reports shall be transmitted to BCA on the following day by noon.

6.0 Reference Documents:

6.1 QCP-104- Non-conformance Reporting 6.2 QCF-01- Daily Inspection Report form

7.0 Revision History: Revision 0 Document Number: Page 1 of 3 QCP-107 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Quality Records and Turnover Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

1.0 Purpose and Scope:

1.1 Purpose: To assign responsibilities and establish controls for collection, safekeeping and timely turnover of quality records in accordance with the requirements of the Contract specifications and the Contractor Quality Control Plan (CQCP). This procedure describes the process for identification, collection, maintenance and distribution as well as the system for storage, preservation, safekeeping, retrieval and disposition of quality records that will be turned over at the completion of the Project.

1.2 Scope: Applies to records generated and maintained by the Contractor Quality Control Lead (QCL) and QC Staff related to quality control, inspection and test activities for the duration of the project.

2.0 Definitions:

2.1 Lifetime Records: Those records that are required to be maintained by the Owner for the life of the particular item while it is installed in the system or stored for future use and meet one or more of the following criteria:

1. Those which would be of significant value in demonstrating capability of safe operation.

2. Those which would be of significant value in maintaining, reworking, repairing, replacing or modifying an item.

3. Those which would be of significant value in determining the cause of an accident or malfunction of an item.

4. Those which would provide required baseline data for in-service inspection.

2.2 Non-permanent Records: Are those required to show evidence that an activity was performed in accordance with the applicable requirements but need not be retained for the life of the item because they do not meet the criteria for lifetime records.

2.3 Quality Record: A completed document that furnishes evidence of the quality of items and/or activities affecting quality.

2.4 Signing and Sign-off: Means signing, initialing, or stamping and always dated, plus legibly printed name to identify signer.

Document Number: Page 2 of 3 QCP-107 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Quality Records and Turnover Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

3.0 Responsibilities:

3.1 The QCL shall be responsible for implementation of this procedure. The QCL is also responsible for periodically leading audits/surveillances of the records management and filing system to ensure that the requirements of this procedure are satisfactorily followed by the document control staff and the rest of the Contractor personnel and subcontractors.

3.2 The document control clerk is responsible for managing the receipt, recording, transmittal and storage of all quality-related records in accordance with the Contractor established document control system.

4.0 Materials and Equipment/Tools: N/A

5.0 Instructions:

5.1 The types of records to be generated are specified in the applicable design specifications, procurement documents, test procedures, quality procedures, construction procedures, operation procedures, or other documents.

5.2 Documents that are designated to become records shall be legible, accurate and completed appropriate to the work accomplished.

5.3 Documents are considered valid quality records only if they are stamped, initialed, or signed and dated by the authorized personnel or otherwise authenticated. Authentication may take the form of a statement by the responsible individual or organization.

5.4 An index of the Contractor quality records shall be developed and maintained by the QCL and document control clerk. The index shall include, at a minimum, the record retention times and the location of the record within the record system. It shall provide sufficient information that permits identification between the record and the item(s) or activity(s) to which it applies.

5.5 Records may be corrected in accordance with established procedures that provide for appropriate review or approval by the originating organization. The correction shall include the date and identification of the person authorized to issue such correction.

5.6 The individual or organization responsible for receiving records shall provide suitable protection of electronic and hardcopy records from loss, larceny, vandalism, deterioration, damage or unauthorized removal.

Document Number: Page 3 of 3 QCP-107 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Quality Records and Turnover Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

5.7 Provisions shall be made for special process records (such as radiographs, photographs, negatives, disks, and other magnetic media) to prevent damage from excessive light, stacking, electromagnetic fields, temperature, and humidity.

5.8 The records storage system shall provide for retrieval of information in accordance with turnover times agreed upon with the Owner. A list of designated personnel who shall have access to the files will be maintained.

5.9 Records maintained by a supplier or vendor at his/her facility or other locations shall be accessible to the Contractor and Owner authorized personnel. Non-permanent records generated by suppliers or vendors shall not be disposed of until Contract requirements are satisfied.

6.0 Reference Documents:

Quality Records Index (Appendix B)

7.0 Revision History: Revision 0 Document Number: Page 1 of 2 QCP-108 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Record Drawings Audit Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

1.0 Purpose and Scope:

1.1 Purpose: To define the responsibilities and describe the methods and documents to be used to conduct an audit of the as-built drawings and specifications related to field and design changes occuring in the field, including subcontracted work, in order to confirm that all changes are documented.

1.2 Scope: This procedure applies to audits conducted on as-built and redline drawings and project specifications performed by Contractor QC Staff members.

2.0 Definitions:

2.1 RFI: Request for Information

3.0 Responsibilities:

3.1 The Contractor Quality Control Lead (QCL) or appointed qualified individual shall conduct an audit of the redlined drawings on a monthly basis and reviewed with BCA for approval prior to submitting payment.

3.2 The Field Engineer is responsible for ensuring access to RFI documents and related logs as well as drawings and project specifications.

3.3 The Field Engineer is responsible for responding to comments provided by the auditor and updating outstanding items in the electronic and hardcopy documents per requirements.

4.0 Instructions:

4.1 Redlined Document Audit

4.1.1 The Contractor Quality Control Manager (QCL) obtains the updated RFI log from the Project Engineer.

4.1.2 The QCL confirms that each RFI and related change is documented on each plan sheet or specification document.

4.1.3 The QCL highlights the RFI line item on the RFI log if the appropriate change is not yet incorporated on the plan sheets or specification document.

4.2 Follow-up Audit

Document Number: Page 2 of 2 QCP-108 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Record Drawings Audit Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

4.2.1 Upon completion of the audit, the QCL provides a copy of the RFI log with comments/highlights regarding changes not yet incorporated to the Deputy Project Manager and communicates the date for follow-up audit. 4.2.2 The QCL conducts the scheduled follow-up audit to confirm that outstanding changes have been incorporated. This may be performed multiple times until all changes have been incorporated.

5.0 Reference Documents:

5.1 Contract Specification – General Requirements 01783

Document Number: Page 1 of 2 QCP-109 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Stop Work Order Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

1.0 Purpose and Scope:

1.1 Purpose: To define the responsibilities and describe the methods and documents to be used to prevent the continuation of work that is not in conformance with requirements. Work shall not continue that will result in extensive rework, repair, removal or replacement to bring the work into conformance.

1.2 Scope: This procedure applies to items of work where it is obvious that the continuation of the work using the same materials, processes or methods will result in an end product that does not conform to the contract requirements. This procedure also applies to work that is performed contrary to or in the absence of approved methods and prescribed controls, safety standard requirements, or environmental plan requirements, and where further work would make it difficult or impossible to establish acceptability of the results.

2.0 Definitions:

2.1 Rework - Reprocessing an item to conform to the specified requirements.

2.2 Repair - Restoring or modifying an item to a condition that will make it acceptable. This may require concurrence from BOE.

3.0 Responsibilities:

3.1 The Contractor Quality Control Lead (QCL) or appointed qualified individual is responsible for issuing a Stop Work Order and notifying the project management, BCA, and responsible parties of the order.

3.2 The Deputy Project Manager is responsible to support the stop work and help to develop the corrective action to resolve the non-conforming work item.

3.3 The Contractor Construction Manager and/or the Subcontractor’s responsible individual are responsible to stop work on their work items and develop corrective action to resolve the non-conforming item.

4.0 Instructions:

4.1 A Stop Work Order action shall only be taken subsequent to other project procedural actions having been taken (i.e. Non-Conformance Report, verbal or written communications or Corrective and Preventive Action Report).

4.2 The QCL shall identify the need for and issue the Stop Work Order and give immediate verbal notification to affected parties that the work has been stopped. Document Number: Page 2 of 2 QCP-109 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Stop Work Order Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

4.3 The Construction Manager or Subcontractor’s responsible individual shall respond by developing a corrective action to resolve the problem. The QCL may assist in development of the corrective action.

4.4 The QCL shall verify the corrective actions are implemented and work is in conformance with the requirements of the contract documents.

4.5 Once verified, the QCL shall cancel and sign the Stop Work Order, releasing the work to be resumed. The QCL shall distribute copies of the signed Stop Work Order to project personnel involved in the action and file in the Quality Record documents.

5.0 Reference Documents:

5.1 QCF-12- Stop Work Order

Document Number: Page 1 of 3 QCP-110 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Inspection, Measuring and Test Equipment Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

1.0 Purpose and Scope:

1.1 Purpose: To define responsibilities and guidelines for the control, calibration, inspection and use of inspection, measuring, and test equipment.

1.2 Scope: Applies to all inspection, measuring, and test equipment used on this project where the verification of contract requirements and standards is dependent on the accuracy and calibration of the equipment used to perform such tasks.

2.0 Definitions:

2.1 M&TE Measuring and Testing Equipment

2.2 Verification Confirmation that specified requirements have been met.

2.3 NIST National Institute for Standards and Testing

3.0 Responsibilities:

3.1 The Contractor Quality Control Lead (QCL) shall be responsible for:

3.1.1 Implementation of this procedure.

3.1.2 Ensuring that required M&TE is identified, properly calibrated, and documented.

3.1.3 Providing oversight for subcontractors and suppliers M&TE and documentation.

3.1.4 Providing oversight, inspection, or audit of M&TE and documentation for third party testing agencies and consultants.

3.1.5 Ensuring that only appropriate and currently calibrated M&TE is used for acceptance testing.

3.2 All operators of M&TE shall ensure that equipment is in good condition and currently calibrated, and shall be familiar with the use of the equipment.

Operators are responsible for notifying responsible supervision of any M&TE that is suspected of being damaged or out of calibration.

4.0 Materials and Equipment/Tools: N/A

Document Number: Page 2 of 3 QCP-110 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Inspection, Measuring and Test Equipment Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

5.0 Instructions

5.1 General:

5.1.1 All M&TE used for acceptance testing shall be calibrated to standards traceable to NIST or authorized equivalent.

5.1.1.1 Calibration certification reports shall be maintained for all M&TE.

5.1.1.2 All M&TE shall be identified with the following data: • A unique identification number • Date of last calibration • Initials of the person who performed the calibration • Calibration due date

5.1.2 An M&TE Calibration Log (QCF-05) shall be developed and maintained for all M&TE. The log shall include:

• A description of the equipment • Identification number/model number • Serial number • Calibration frequency • Last calibration date (date of last equipment calibration) • Calibration due date (expiration date of current calibration) • Calibrated by • Calibration method and/or standard used • Calibration date (new calibration date) • Equipment condition

5.1.3 M&TE shall be suitable for the application and conditions for which it will be used, and shall have the accuracy specified.

5.1.4 M&TE shall be stored in controlled, protected conditions when not in use.

5.1.5 M&TE shall be provided with operating instructions when necessary.

5.1.6 M&TE found to be damaged or out of calibration shall be promptly removed from service, red-tagged as “out of service”, and recalibrated, repaired, or discarded.

Document Number: Page 3 of 3 QCP-110 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Inspection, Measuring and Test Equipment Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

5.1.7 If M&TE is found to be out of tolerance, damaged or lost, the validity of previous inspections shall be evaluated. The evaluation shall include:

5.1.7.1 Review of the M&TE use log.

5.1.7.2 Determination of corrective action requirements.

5.1.7.3 The degree of error in the defective M&TE.

5.1.7.4 The seriousness of the error.

5.1.8 The M&TE log will be referenced on the following documents:

5.1.8.1 Construction Work Plans

5.1.8.2 Test Reports

5.1.8.3 Field Testing Checklists

6.0 Reference Documents:

6.1 QCP-103 - Inspection and Testing 6.2 QCF-05 - M&TE Calibration Log

7.0 Revision History: Revision 0 Document Number: Page 1 of 5 QCP-111 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Product ID and Traceability Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

1.0 Purpose and Scope:

1.1 Purpose: This section describes the controls to be exercised over the receiving, handling, storage, and control of those permanent materials and equipment that are to be incorporated into the work.

1.2 Scope: Applies to all materials and equipment provided by the Contractor, subcontractor(s) or suppliers. Includes the development and implementation of processes and documentation to ensure that materials and equipment meet contract requirements, and are properly received and handled in such a way as to prevent the degradation of quality.

2.0 Definitions: PMI – Positive Material Identification

3.0 Responsibilities:

3.1 The Contractor Quality Control Lead (QCL) shall be responsible for the implementation and maintenance of this procedure. The QCL shall ensure that:

3.1.1 Subcontractor(s) are implementing the appropriate controls.

3.1.2 Appropriate forms and procedures are developed.

3.1.3 Only conforming materials and equipment are incorporated into the work.

3.1.4 Receiving personnel are properly trained.

3.1.5 The Materials Receiving Log is maintained.

3.2 The Deputy Project Manager shall be responsible for ensuring implementation of this procedure and subcontractor compliance with all requirements of this procedure.

3.3 The contractor engineer ordering materials is responsible for conducting receipt inspections of permanent material delivered to the project and for completing receiving and inspection reports.

4.0 Materials and Equipment/Tools: N/A

5.0 Instructions:

5.1 General: The Product Identification and Traceability measures shall include:

Document Number: Page 2 of 5 QCP-111 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Product ID and Traceability Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

5.1.1 Proper maintenance of purchasing and procurement documents on-site.

5.1.2 Maintenance of a training program for personnel in product receiving, storage and handling.

5.1.3 Ensuring that materials are properly inspected for conformance to contract requirements, and that these materials are stored and handled in such a way as to assure that only conforming materials are incorporated into the work.

5.1.4 Ensuring that all receiving inspections are recorded, and that documentation detailing the disposition of received materials is maintained.

5.2 Owner-Furnished Items:

5.2.1 All Owner furnished equipment and materials shall be inspected as received and subject to the same procedure established for Contractor or subcontractor furnished items.

5.2.2 It is expected that the Owner will furnish documentations in sufficient detail to positively identify and certify all items.

5.2.3 Owner-furnished materials and equipment shall be inspected and received in the presence of a designated representative of the Owner.

5.3 Contractor or Subcontractor Furnished Items:

5.3.1 All qualified materials and equipment shall be inspected as received.

5.3.1.1 Receiving inspection shall be done by the engineer ordering materials or qualified designated other.

5.3.1.2 A Materials Receiving and Inspection Report Form (QCF-06) shall be used as a receiving inspection checklist to record the receipt and inspection of materials and equipment.

5.3.1.2.1 The form will be numbered.

5.3.1.2.2 The form will be filled out, signed and kept on file at the jobsite office.

5.3.1.2.3 The forms will be reviewed and signed by the CQCL.

Document Number: Page 3 of 5 QCP-111 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Product ID and Traceability Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

5.3.1.2.4 The contractor engineer and QC Staff shall refer to the appropriate specifications, and the PO or other appropriate procurement documents to determine that items received were ordered and are required for the Project.

5.3.1.2.5 Disposition of items received shall be as noted below.

5.4 Documentation:

5.4.1 Permanent material and equipment deliveries shall be accompanied by documentation that is sufficient to properly identify the item as approved for use on the Project. Delivery documents should contain (as applicable) the following:

• Supplier name and lot identification • Carrier identification • Delivery name and address • Date of delivery • Quantity and description of the item and/or unique number • Serial number, heat number and grade • Signature of authorized receiver

Additional information concerning identification and traceability of test samples can be found in Appendix K of the Project SIQMP.

5.4.2 When a Positive Material Identification (PMI) number is required on materials as specified in the Contract technical specifications, these numbers must be included on all inspection, test and other documentations and shall be traceable to the location of incorporation into the work.

5.4.3 Shipments of material or equipment that require certificates of conformance or test reports in order to determine contract compliance shall be accompanied by such certification. If this certification is not contained in the delivery documents, the item shall be placed on hold as described in this procedure until such time as the certification is received.

5.4.4 Any box, crate, skid, barrel, etc. containing more than a single item shall have a packing list identifying each item by mark number, description, or other means.

5.4.5 Material and equipment shall be clearly marked so that it can be identified without excessive handling or opening of crates and boxes.

Document Number: Page 4 of 5 QCP-111 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Product ID and Traceability Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

5.4.6 All receiving documentation, including inspection forms and logs, shall be stored in on-site files, and shall be available to the Owner for review.

5.5 Receiving and Storage:

5.5.1 During the receiving process, all permanent material or equipment shall be inspected and designated “ACCEPT”, or “REJECT”, and shall be clearly marked or recorded for traceability as such.

5.5.2 Parts and other materials stored in bulk bins shall be marked through the use of a tag attached to each bin.

5.6 Accepted Items:

5.6.1 Accepted items shall be tagged as described above and stored in an appropriate location, either inside or outside, depending on the item, available space, weather, etc.

5.6.1.1 Items stored inside shall be stored in a neat and orderly fashion for ease of location and retrieval. This may be done through the use of shelves, bins, pallets, etc. If required, the location of storage may be noted on the receiving report, or on a locator log.

5.6.1.2 Items stored outside shall be stored in a fenced area or otherwise protected from unauthorized access. These items shall be placed on adequate dunnage, and shall be given protection necessary to maintain an immediately usable condition.

5.6.1.3 Items shall be stored, handled, lifted and transported in such a way as to prevent compromising or degrading the integrity of the item.

5.6.1.4 Any item requiring special handling, cleaning, preservation, or periodic maintenance shall have these required activities performed per the manufacturer’s instructions or per Contract requirements. These requirements shall be noted on the Materials Receiving and Inspection Report. Records of all required storage maintenance activities shall be maintained.

5.7 Rejected Items:

5.7.1 Rejected items may fall into one of two categories.

Document Number: Page 5 of 5 QCP-111 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Product ID and Traceability Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

• Items that are incorrect, damaged, incorrectly manufactured, or otherwise unacceptable for use in the project and placed on “Reject” status for removal from project site.

• Items that may be used, but are not certifiable as usable due to a technicality, a model change, a pending change order, minor repairable damage, lack of certificates or test reports, etc. These items shall be placed on “Reject Hold” status until any deficiencies can be corrected, at which time they may be given “ACCEPT” status, and placed into storage or use.

5.7.2 Rejected items shall be placed for storage in an area that is designated and clearly marked as a reject holding area. Items may only be removed from this location if they are to be removed from the project, or the noted deficiencies have been corrected, and the items have been given “ACCEPT” status.

5.7.3 Rejected items that are not to be used on the Project shall be removed from the Project as soon as possible.

5.7.4 All rejected items and the disposition of those items shall be reported to the CQCL and the PM.

6.0 Reference Documents:

6.1 QCF-06 - Materials Receiving and Inspection Report 6.2 QCF 07 - Materials Receiving and Inspection Log

7.0 Revision History: Revision 0

Document Number: Page 1 of 2 QCP-112 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Training Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

1.0 Purpose and Scope:

1.1 Purpose: To define activities and responsibilities for the orientation and training of Contractor personnel, including those of its subcontractors, and major suppliers, performing activities affecting the quality of the products and services provided for this Project.

1.2 Scope: Applies to all project quality activities where special processes with specific knowledge requirements are applied and/or where specialized skill or knowledge is required to properly complete a task.

2.0 Definitions: N/A

3.0 Responsibilities:

3.1 The Deputy Project Manager is responsible for ensuring the implementation of this procedure.

3.2 The Contractor Quality Control Lead (QCL) is responsible for:

3.2.1 Determining training needs.

3.2.2 Developing appropriate training plans.

3.2.3 Conducting training or ensuring that required training is conducted.

3.2.4 Documenting training as per QCP-107 Quality Records and Turnover.

3.3 Task supervisors are responsible for ensuring that personnel performing a task or procedure are trained and knowledgeable in the task(s) to be performed.

4.0 Instructions:

4.1 General:

4.1.1 The QCL shall provide Quality Orientation to all project staff members prior to their starting work on the project, including subcontractor personnel. This may be conducted in conjunction with the regularly scheduled Safety Orientation training.

4.1.2 The QCL shall review quality procedures and evaluate the knowledge and skills of the personnel performing the procedures against the knowledge Document Number: Page 2 of 2 QCP-112 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Training Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

requirements of the task(s). This review and evaluation shall determine training needs. A training plan shall be developed if it is determined that special training is required for a particular task or tasks.

4.1.3 Qualified personnel with thorough knowledge of the task and procedure for which training is given shall conduct training.

4.1.4 Supervisors shall ensure that competent and qualified personnel are assigned to quality tasks.

4.1.5 Supervisory personnel shall ensure that field personnel receive field training, as appropriate for the task.

4.2 Records

4.2.1 Quality Orientation, training records and/or certification records (if applicable) of all contractor staff, QC Staff and QC Laboratory Personnel performing inspections and tests that require specific certifications shall be retained in the Quality Records file and will be available for review by the Owner upon request.

5.0 Reference Documents:

5.1 QCP-107- Quality Records and Turnover 5.2 QCF-11 Training Sign-in Sheet

6.0 Revision History: Revision 0

Document Number: Page 1 of 2 QCP-113 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Record Drawings Procedure Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

1.0 Purpose and Scope:

1.1 The purpose of this procedure is to provide a method and scope for preparation, control and documentation of Design Engineering directed and Field directed As-Built changes to project design drawings and specifications, shop and working drawings as required by the Contract and the owner.

1.2 This procedure applies to the SSWJV Contractor and its Subcontractors for contract design and shop drawings and specifications.

2.0 Definitions:

2.1 Record Drawings: Contract record that reflects actual completed field conditions of work items depicted on the Contractor’s latest Contract, Shop and Working Drawings.

2.2 Record Specifications: Contract Specifications reflecting changes during construction.

2.3 Contractor Furnished Drawings: Design drawings, working drawings and shop drawings produced by the Contractor, which become supplement to the Contract.

2.4 Status Update Log: Log in which each update onto the As-Built Drawings is logged to maintain a readily verifiable list of updates completed.

2.5 Change Order: Change in scope of work or terms, instituted after the award of contract and signed by both the Contractor and the Owner.

3.0 Responsibilities:

Document Control • Provides and maintains a Drawing Log/Index with a list of all sheets by package, listing any Change Orders, RFI responses, Nonconformance Reports, etc., affecting the sheets. • Distributes Change Orders, RFI responses, Nonconformance Reports, etc., to the Originator. • Monitors the Status Update Log to confirm that Record Drawings are being updated as required.

Field Engineer • Captures data of as-built conditions that vary from approved design documents, shop and working drawings by redline mark-ups on the Record Drawings. (As-Built conditions can be a result of Change Orders, RFI responses, Nonconformance Reports, field changes, Document Number: Page 2 of 2 QCP-113 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Record Drawings Procedure Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

etc.) • When tasked with managing a Subcontractor/Vendor by the Construction Manager, the Field Engineer will be responsible for ensuring that the subcontractor submits their Record Drawings in accordance with this procedure.

Subcontractor/Vendor • Captures data of as-built conditions that vary from (All) approved design documents, shop and working drawings by redline mark-ups on the Record Drawings. (As-Built conditions can be a result of Change Orders, RFI responses, Nonconformance Reports, field changes, etc.) • Subcontractors/vendors (of all levels) shall submit redline as-built documents to the designated SSWJV Field Engineer on a monthly basis in accordance with this procedure.

Quality Control Lead • Audits Record Drawings and Specifications to ensure they are up to date with the most current information. • Audits Construction Work Plans for consistency with current Record Drawings.

4.0 Reference Documents:

4.1 Contract Specification – GR 01783

7.0 Attachments:

None

Document Number: Page 1 of 2 QCP-114 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Construction Work Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

1.0 Purpose and Scope:

1.1 The purpose of this procedure is to define the responsibilities and describe the methods and documents to be used in the creation of a Construction Work Plan (CWP). 1.2 This procedure applies to all work to be performed by SSWJV or its subcontractors (all levels) for the Project.

2.0 Definitions:

2.1 CWP – Construction Work Plan

3.0 Responsibilities:

Field Engineer • Create CWP(s) in accordance with this procedure for all definable features of work. • Communicating with and acquiring Subcontractor CWP(s) in accordance with this procedure. • Schedule Preparatory Meeting(s). • Attend Preparatory Meeting(s).

Construction Manager • Review and Approve Construction Work Plan(s).

Safety Manager • Review the Construction Work Plan(s) to ensure all safety concerns are covered and proper measures are in place. • Attend Preparatory Meeting(s).

Superintendent • Provides information during the work plan creation phase to ensure a complete and thorough CWP is produced. • Review and Approve Construction Work Plan(s). • Attend Preparatory Meeting(s).

Quality Control Lead • Review construction schedule, Construction Work Plan Log, and forecast upcoming CWP(s). • Review the Construction Work Plan(s) to ensure all quality requirements are covered and that proper hold points are in place. • Review and Approve Construction Work Plan(s). • Attend Preparatory Meeting(s).

Document Number: Page 2 of 2 QCP-114 Revision Date:

Issue Date: 10/5/15 Revision Level: 1 Quality System Procedure: Issuer: Approved by: Construction Work Plan Contractor Quality Michael Seale Control Lead

4.0 Instructions:

A Construction Work Plan will include the following: • Description of the Work with step by step sequencing, • Public exposure to danger, inconvenience or risk, • List of prerequisite activities required, • List of applicable Contract Specifications sections, • List of applicable design drawings, • List of applicable shop or working drawings and status, • List of required submittals and status, • List of materials to be used, • Equipment/tools required, • List of individuals and positions responsible for supervision of the work, including subcontractor supervision, providing phone numbers, • Scheduled start date, work hours, and duration of activity, • Job Hazard Analysis/Safety Work Plans, • List of interfaces with existing conditions and other work including subcontractor’s work, • Protection of completed Work, • Any training required. • Inspection hold points • Quality Control check list

After completion of the CWP the following review sequence will take place:

1. Internal review and comments by Quality Control Lead, Safety Manager, Superintendent, and Construction Manager. If reviewers do not have comments and/or find the CWP acceptable their signatures will be applied to the cover page. 2. Incorporate any comments and redistribute to reviewers for review and acceptance signatures. 3. After all signatures are acquired the CWP will be scanned and filed in the Construction Work Plan folder found on the server. 4. The Field Engineer will then send the CWP to the BCA Lead Inspector and BOE Resident Engineer via email for review and comment 5 days prior to the Preparatory Meeting. In the email the following will be listed: a. Date and time of Preparatory Meeting b. Start of Work Date 5. The BOE Resident Engineer and BCA Lead Inspector comments, if any, will be sent via email to Field Engineer or QCL one day prior to the Preparatory Meeting.

5.0 Reference Documents: 5.1 QCF-15 Construction Work Plan

th SSWJV 6 Street Viaduct

Daily Quality Control Report

CONTRACT NO: C-123545 REPORT NO: DATE:

WEATHER CONDITIONS Low High

Contractor / Subcontractors On-Site & Work Performed Today (Location & Description):

SSWJV Activities (LOCATION AND ACTIVITIES) (Refer to Daily Game Plan for Crew Members and Equipment Used)

Subcontractors Name and Detailed Activities (LOCATION AND ACTIVITIES)

Material Deliveries Source/Supplier Material For Use In Quantity

Phased Inspection Completed Today (QC pre-placement & installation inspection, observances):

Location / Work Item Inspected by Type of Inspection Results (Pass/Fail)

Tests Required by Drawings and/or Specifications (QC or agency testing performed) Location / Work Item Tested by Type of Test Results (Pass/Fail)

SSWJV 6th Street Viaduct th SSWJV 6 Street Viaduct

Daily Quality Control Report

Quality Issues Issue Location Issue Description Date of Origin Date of Closure

Non-Conformances Noted

Verbal and/or Written Instruction Received on site (Identify Source, Agency)

Remarks

Contract Certification: I certify the above information is complete and correct, to the best of my knowledge. All materials, equipment utilized, and work performed was in strict accordance with the contract drawings and specifications unless otherwise noted.

QC Mgr./Designee Date

SSWJV 6th Street Viaduct Sixth Street Viaduct Project

Preparatory Phase Meeting Date: Meeting # Definable Feature of Work:

Submittal Status: Submittal # Description Status

Pending Submittals

Related RFI or Change Orders: Item # Description Status

Status Materials To Be Used Anticipated Delivery

Page 1 of 4 Verify Delivered Materials with Approved Submittals

Are Materials Stored Properly ? Yes No If No, what action is taken

Review Specification Section(s) Reference Drawings

Inspections & Tests:

Test/Inspection Required Requirements and Frequency Responsibility ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Identify Hold Points: Include construction tolerances and workmanship standards. ● ● ● ● ●

Page 2 of 4 ● ● ● ●

Preliminary Work: Ensure preliminary work has been completed and is in compliance with Contract.

Safety Requirements: Review Job Hazards Analysis (JHA)

Mutual Understanding/Comments during Meeting: 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

QCL Signature:

Page 3 of 4 MEETING SIGN IN SHEET

Definable Feature of Work: Date:______

LOCATION :

Attendee Name Position Company Phone

Page 4 of 4 Sixth Street Viaduct Project

Initial Phase Date: Definable Feature of Work:

Personnel Present Name Position Company

(List additional personnel on page 2)

Identify full compliance with procedures, inspection and testing established at Preparatory Phase and Contract requirements.

Preliminary Work. Ensure preliminary work is complete and in compliance with Contract.

Establish Level of Workmanship. Where is work located: Is a sample panel required? Yes No Will the initial work be considered as a sample Yes No (If yes, maintain in present condition as long as possible

Page 1 of 2 Resolve any differences / Comments

(List additional comments on page 2)

Review Safety Requirements and Job Hazard Analysis:

CQC Lead Signature:

Additional Personnel Present (if required) Name Position Company

Additional Comments (if required)

Page 2 of 2 Sixth Street Viaduct Project

Material and Testing Equipment Calibration Log

Required Item Test Equipment Model Serial Calibration Standard for Last date of Calibration Calibration Fail or Equipment in Calibration No. (Description) Number Number Frequency Calibration Calibration due by Pass? Use? Range

Rev 0 Skanska / Stacy Witbeck 6th Street Viaduct Project Materials Receiving and Inspection Report

Report No:______Date:______SSW or Subcontractor______

Material______

Supplier______

Location of storage on site______

______

Permanent intended location______

Approved Submittal # ______

______Basis for Date of Quantity Inspected acceptance Remarks / Comments Inspection (circle & initial) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Basis of Acceptance 1. Certification of compliance (attached) * 2. Certified material test report from manufacture (attached) 3. Visual inspection for conformance of the procurement document, shipping damage, quantity, and identification markings * 4. Approved submittal* 5. Material meets "Made in America" specification?

* Required for all materials Inspected by (Print)______

QC Manager Signature______Date______

Form H-1 To be filled out by Engineer Sixth Street Viaduct Replacement To be filled out by QC Work Order No.: Sixth Street Viaduct Materials Receiving Log Closed by QC

Approved Inspection Insp. Required Quantity Certs Closed / Material Name/type Contractor/Subcontractor Delivery Location Submittal Manufacturer/Supplier Invoice # Task Order Received Date Received By report Comments Report # Jobsite Date Received Yes/No Open Number Yes/No

001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015 016 017 018 019 020 021 022 023 024 025 026 027 028 029 030 031 032 033 034 035 036 037 038 039 040 041 042 043 044 045 046 047 048 049 050 051 052 053 054 055 056 057 058 059 060 061

NONCONFORMANCE REPORT NCR #

Location: Originator:

Supplier/Subcontractor: Hold Tag Applied: Yes No

P.O. No. or Submittal No.: Date:

Specification/Rev: Drawing/Rev:

Contract Requirement:

Nonconforming Condition:

Originator Signature: Date:

QCL Signature: Date:

RECOMMENDED DISPOSITION

Cause: Construction Deviation Subcontractor Deviation Supplier Deviation REWORK REJECT REPAIR Root cause of the problem and action to prevent recurrence:

Corrective action to fix the problem:

Prepared by: Date: CONDITIONAL RELEASE *

DISPOSITION APPROVAL

Job Memorandum Comments:

Construction Manager/Date BCA Job Memorandum No.

Quality Control Lead/Date NCR Closure Date

1) Embedded track, 2) Concrete Paving, 3) OCS/TE Systems Electrical, 4) Systems Civil, 5) Systems Electrical, 6) Electrical Systems Civil, 7) Work Categories: General Civil, 8) Underground water/sewer, 9) HMAC, 10) Structures, 11) Buildings, 12) Concrete Flatwork

Root Cause: 1) Survey/layout, 2) Materials/Supplier, 3) Failure to Follow Plans/Specs, 4) Workmanship/Methods, 5) Damage to New or Existing Sixth Street Viaduct Replacement Project Work,6) Use of Incorrect Drawings, 7) Improper Handling of Materials, 8) QC Program Issue, 9) Communication/Planning

No. Description Issue / Sub Name/SWI Date Entity Corrective Response Disposition Disposition Closeout Status Responsible Work Root Comments Deficiency Action Date Completed Date Engineer Category Cause PL/CO Date (#) (#) Sixth Street Viaduct Project

Quality Action Log QA Responsible Item Origination Party for NCR No. Issued No. Date Description Originator Closure Date Due Date Complete QC Verified By (if app.) Comments

Meeting/Training Sign-in Sheet

Meeting/Training Description: Date:

Conducted by:

Attendee Name Signature Phone or Email address

STOP WORK ORDER Sixth Street Viaduct Project

Issued to (Contractor Name): Report No:

Date Effective: Time of Day: Associated NCR No. (if app.): Associated CPAR No. (if app.):

Work Stopped 100% Work Stopped Partial (Check square applicable)

Description of Stop Work Condition (attach back up documentation):

______Contractor QC Lead Date

Stop Work Order Cancelled/Work May Resume (describe corrective measures):

______Contractor QC Lead Date

CORRECTIVE AND PREVENTIVE ACTION REPORT

1. CPAR NO.: 2. DATE ISSUED:

3. SPEC.NO: DWG NO: 4. LOCATION:

5. DESCRIPTION OF RECURRING QUALITY PROBLEM (Identify the controlling procedures/requirements and any issued NCR Nos.):

6.a. SUSPENSION OF WORK EVALUATION (Indicate whether work suspension is required and, if so, date of issuance):

6.b. ADDITIONAL CONTROL OF WORK REQUIRED (Indicate any required controls if work is not suspended):

7. RESPONSE DUE DATE: (Blocks 8 - 15)

8. ROOT CAUSE:

9. PLANNED CORRECTIVE AND PREVENTIVE ACTION:

10. SCHEDULED COMPLETION DATE: 11. CORRECTIVE & PREVENTIVE ACTION RESPONSIBILITY ASSIGNED TO:

12. REMARKS / INSTRUCTIONS:

13. PROJECT MANAGER SIGNATURE: DATE:

14. CORRECTIVE ACTIONS COMPLETED (Indicate the completed actions. Include attachments.):

15. CORRECTIVE ACTION VERIFIED BY:

CQC Lead: DATE:

16. COMMENTS:

17. CPAR CLOSED BY:

CQC Lead: DATE: CORRECTIVE AND PREVENTIVE ACTION REPORT LOG

Sixth Street Viaduct Project Date of Date CAR # DESCRIPTION OF CORRECTIVE ACTION Location Responsibility Status of CAR/Comments CAR Closed

1 Rev 0 FIRST RULE OF SAFETY: Never Walk Past an Unsafe Act or Condition

SAFETY CRITICAL SAFETY CONCERNS / HAZARDS The Work Plan for this operation consists of the following: DESCRIPTION REQUIRED (Y/N) DONE BY: WHEN ISSUE PREVENTION (Refer to Hazard Analysis) 1) The Production Plan (This Form) 3) Attached Drawings Hazard Analysis No Utility strikes Locates/Check Plans/Spotter 2) Hazard Analysis / Quality Analysis 4) Other Details and Attachments specific for this operations needed Ini. Dig Permit No Inattentive behavior Stay alert PLAN COMPLETED BY: ConAd Lead Inpsector: Traffic Plan No Traffic/pedestrians Be aware of surroundings JOB: #098-009 6th Street Viaduct Replacement Project Eng/Supt: Pedestrian Control No Trench Collapsing Proper shoring OPERATION: QC: Michael Seale Hot Work Permit No Flying Debris Wear Protective Shields OPERATION LOCATION: Safety: Matt Raul Critical Lift Plan No Overhead electrical Prewalk location, check overhead SCOPE OF WORK:

QUALITY SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS POTENTIAL QUALITY ISSUES SPEC# ITEM TOLERANCES ISSUE PREVENTION

TOTALS PRODUCTION GOALS (Financial Plan) NOTES QUALITY ANALYSIS COMPLETED BY: GOAL DESCRIPTION HOLD POINTS: WORK SEQUENCE / OPERATIONAL PLAN STEP BY STEP 1 2 3 4 5 6 EQUIPMENT 7 DESC. 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 TOTAL 17 SUPPLIES SPECIAL TOOLS 18 DESCRIPTION QTY DESCRIPTION QTY 19 20 21 22 SUBCONTRACTORS 23 24 Applicable Drawings

PM'S DESCRIPTION QTY Submittal # YIELD SURVEY NEEDS (Attach Sketch) 1) 2) 3) 4) RFI's / Design Mods 5) 6) Permits Utiltiy Emergency Contact List for the City of Los Angeles

Gas Southern California Gas Company (800) 427-2200 Electrical (SCE) Southern California Electrical Company (800) 611-1911 Elctrical (LADWP) Los Angeles Department of Water and Power (800) 342-8253 Water Los Angeles Department of Water and Power (800) 342-5397 Sewer Los Angeles Bureau of Engineering (213) 485-5864 Communication Verizon Claifornia - Ed Gonzalez (310) 570-3157 Communication Time Warner Cable - Clint Harmon (310) 466-4967 Communication Qwest - Mike Garrison (805) 701-4157 Communication AT&T Local Network Services (770) 929-4870 Fiber/Cable Los Angeles Department of Water & Power (213) 367-3333 Oil Eric (Chevron Gas) (714) 461-6792

SAFETY HAZARDS

Schedule M T W Th F M T W Th F M T W Th F M T W Th F

Contact List HAVE YOU ATTACHED or INCLUDED THESE? WAR Superintendent (When applicable to this operation) WAR Foreman □ Form to do Daily Manpower and Equipment Schedules? Michael Seale SSW Quality Manager 1 (619) 385-7976 □ Excavation Sequence? Matt Rule SSW Safety Manager 1 (213) 215-9968 □ Traffic Control Plan? □ Haul Routes? Jesse Mitchell BCA Lead Inspector 1 (213) 798-5678 □ Access/Egress For Each Location? Pat Graham BCA Field Inspector 1 (213) 798-5379 □ Exc./Emb. Balance Plans? Ryan Edwards SSW Field Coordinator 1 (801) 882-9718 □ Layout of Survey Stakes Required? □ Truck Management Plan? Reviewed with Crew Reviewed with Crew PLAN B Have You Considered □ Applicable Contract Drawings? Date: Date: What If? Action / Special Concerns Productivity Incentives? □ Typical Equipment and Manpower Daily Schedule? Name Signature Name Signature □ Crew Incentives (Simple) □ Paving Plan? □ Reduce Budgets (If Applicable) □ Dump Plan? □ Production Changes □ Site Layout? Communicated to Crew □ Concrete Washout Location? □ Material Storage and Layout Plan? "MAKE MONEY, DON'T SETTLE □ Material Handling Plan? FOR BUDGET" □ Lift Drawings? □ Formwork Drawings? □ Crane Pick Drawings? □ Pour Sequence? □ What Ifs?

TO BE REVIEWED AND SIGNED BY CREW WHEN: 1) Before Start of Operation 2) When Significant Changes Occur, and 3) When New Member/s Join the Crew Sixth Street Viaduct Project

Key: Public: for broad distribution to Owner, Subcontractors, Suppliers, etc. (for Box, these will be placed in a COMMON AREA folder that may include collaborators from subcontractors, suppliers, owner, etc. File Copy: hard (paper) copy file to be maintained by job. Owner Close-out Document: to be provided to Owner at close of project

File (Paper) Owner Close- Section, Subsection, and Description Public Private Copy Out

13 Quality Control/Quality Assurance Quality Plan x x Approved Plan x x Revisions to Plan x x Daily/Weekly Reports x x Laboratory and Equipment Certifications x x Laboratory Certs & Log x x Equipment Certs & Log x x Technician and Inspector Certifications & Log x x Permanent Materials Inspection & Receiving x x Materials Receiving and Inspection Reports x x Materials Receiving and Inspection Report Log x x Three-Phase Inspections and Work Plans x x Definable Features of Work List x x Construction Work Plans x x Pre-Activity/Prep Phase Meetings x x Field Construction Work Plan Reviews x x Initial Phase Inspection Meetings x x On-site Testing and Inspections x x Preplacement Inspections x x Concrete x x Aggregate x x Hot Mix Asphalt x x Structural x x Utilities x x Laboratory Testing (including test frequency tracking and logs) x x Concrete Mix Designs and Lab Tests x x Aggregate Mix Designs and Lab Tests x x Hot Mix Asphalt Mix Designs and Lab Tests x x Quality Issues/NCRs/CARs x x Non-conformance Reports and Log x x Quality Action Item Log x x Corrective Action Reports and Logs x x QA/QC Audits x x Supplier/Source Inspections and Audits x x Corporate Audits x x QA/QC Orientation & Training x x QA/QC Orientation Program x x QA/QC Orientation and Training Sign-in Sheets x x QA/QC Photos and Videos x x Photos x x Videos x x SSW Quality Control Organizational Chart Appendix C

JV Executive Board John Zehner/Mike Aparicio

Project Director Corporate Quality Control Alex Medyn Director

Project Construction Manager Deputy Project Manager Quality Control Lead Lawrence Damore Brian Carpenter Michael Seale

Quality Control Alternate Direct Kendrick Glover

Indirect

Independent Testing Laboratory Color Code:

SSWJV Testing and Inspection Matrix Printed: 10/19/2015

Specification Inspection/Test Specification Description Inspection/Test Type Responsible Party Test Method/Standard Frequency Documentation PDF Ref. Comments Section Location

MATERIAL TESTING Cable Support System Each single length or coil of zinc-coated Tech Spec 55-1.02A(8)(h) Zinc-coated steel wire in strands - ultimate tensile strength Authorized Lab Ultimate Tensile Strength Manufacturer ASTM A586 Certified Test Report wire Tech Spec 55-1.02A(8)(h) Zinc-coated steel wire in strands - 0.7 percent elongation Authorized Lab Elongation Manufacturer ASTM A586 At least 10% of the coils as manufactured Certified Test Report Not less than 5% of the coils of any lot of Tech Spec 55-1.02A(8)(h) Zinc-coated steel wire in strands - coating Authorized Lab Weight and Adherence Manufacturer ASTM A586 Certified Test Report wire If, after six or more tests of prestretched strands have been made, the Engineer finds that the strength and elasticity have sufficient Tech Spec 55-1.02A(8)(i) Zinc-coated steel strands - modulus of elasticity Authorized Lab Strength and Elasticity Manufacturer ASTM A586 See comments column Certified Test Report uniformity, one test may be made thereafter from each manufactured length of strand instead of one from each prestretched length. Standard Practice SP-55, current edition, of the Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry's "Quality Tech Spec 55-1.02A(8)(j) Rotating fork sockets - defects Authorized Lab Visual for Defects Manufacturer SP-55 Each casting Certified Test Report Standard for Steel Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Fittings and other Piping Components". Tech Spec 55-1.02A(8)(j) Rotating fork sockets - tensile test Authorized Lab Tensile Strength Manufacturer ASTM A148 One per melt Certified Test Report The bend test specimens must be cold bent through an angle of 120 Tech Spec 55-1.02A(8)(j) Rotating fork sockets - bend test Authorized Lab Bend Test Manufacturer See comments column One per melt Certified Test Report degrees around a pin 1-in in diameter with no cracking on the outside of the bent portion. Tech Spec 55-1.02A(8)(j) Rotating fork sockets - charpy impact tests Authorized Lab Charpy Impact Manufacturer ASTM A781, S9 Each heat Certified Test Report Stress test specimens must be at least 25 strand diameters long, with rotating fork sockets (selected at random from those which are to be Tech Spec 55-1.02A(8)(k) Strand and rotating fork socket - ultimate tensile strength Authorized Lab Ultimate Tensile Strength Manufacturer See comments column At least 6 specimens Certified Test Report used for this project) attached to each end and must be tested to destruction in a suitable test machine.

Post-Tensioning 48 hours after grouting the tendon, the tendon must be saw cut through its diameter several inches from each end-anchorage to expose the grout and grouted strands. The duct must be removed to expose the grout along the length of the tendon. Grout cap must be Tech Spec 50-1.01D(4) PT grout mock-up - tendon evaluation On-Site Visual Manufacturer See comments column Once, if no anomalies found TBD removed. After the exposed grout is inpsected along the entire length and the position and size of any and all exterior anomolies recorded, the tendon must be saw cut at an additional 20 locations selected by the Engineer. Tech Spec 50-1.02C PT grout - grout cubes On-Site Compressive Strength ASTM C942 Once per day Certified Test Report Once every 2 hours during grouting Tech Spec 50-1.02C PT grout - modified flow cone test On-Site Efflux Time California Test Method 541 TBD operation Schupack Pressure Bleed Tech Spec 50-1.02C PT grout - schupack pressure bleed test On-Site Manufacturer PTI M55.1-12 At least once per day TBD Test Tech Spec 50-1.02C PT grout - wet density test On-Site Wet Density Manufacturer PTI M55.1-12 At least twice per day TBD Tech Spec 50-1.02C PT grout - chloride ion test On-Site Chloride Ion Test ASTM C1152 Once per job TBD Prior to installing prestressing steel into a duct, the duct must be pressure tested after concrete placement. Pressurize ducts to 30psi Tech Spec 50-1.03B(1) PT duct - duct pressure test On-Site Pressure Test Manufacturer See comments column Each duct TBD and record pressure loss for 1 minute. A pressure loss of 50% or less is acceptable. Pressurize external ducts to 15psi and reocrd pressure loss for 1 minute. A pressure loss of 50% or less is acceptable. Tech Spec 50-1.02F PT coupler - fatigue stress test Authorized Lab Fatigue Stress Test Manufacturer ETAG 013 ? Certified Test Report European Organisation of Test Approval (EOTA) ETAG 013 In addition to develop the ultimate strength of the tsrand, the coupler Tech Spec 50-1.02F PT coupler - ultimate tensile strength Authorized Lab Ultimate Tensile Strength Manufacturer See comments column ? Certified Test Report must adequately perform at a minimum strand stress of 132ksi.

Friction Pendulum Bearings Compression and Shear See technical specification 51-3.04J for testing requirements. Notify Tech Spec 51-3.04J Friction pendulum bearings - proof testing Manufacturer Manufacturer See spec section Each bearing Certified Test Report Testing Engineer 15 days prior to start of testing.

Concrete First 50 cu. yds. and every 100 cu. yds. SSPW Pg. 497 Structural Concrete - Cylinders On-Site Cylinder SSW ASTM C31 N/A SSW Field Technician to create cylinders. thereafter First 50 cu. yds. and every 100 cu. yds. SSPW Pg. 497 Structural Concrete - Slump On-Site Slump SSW ASTM C143 Field Test Report SSW Field Technician to sample for slump. thereafter QAP Appendix D Structural Concrete - Compressive Strength Standards Division Compressive Standards Division ASTM C39 Test Each Certified Test Report Standards Division to test cylinders for compressive strength. First 50 cu. yds. and every 100 cu. yds. QAP Appendix D Structural Concrete - Unit Weight On-Site Unit Weight SSW ASTM C138 Field Test Report SSW Field Technician to test for unit weight. thereafter First 50 cu. yds. and every 100 cu. yds. QAP Appendix D Structural Concrete - Air Content On-Site Air Content SSW ASTM C231 Field Test Report SSW Field Technician to test for air content. thereafter Tech Spec 40-1.01D(7)(a)(v) Coefficient of Thermal Expansion - Concrete Pavement On-Site Thermal Expansion SSW AASHTO T 336 1 test/5000 cu. yds Field Test Report This is not used for acceptance. 4 test specimens from 1 sample of Submit coefficient of thermal expansion test data to: Tech Spec 40-1.01C(8) Coefficient of Thermal Expansion - Test Samples Authorized Lab Thermal Expansion SSW AASHTO T 336 Certified Test Report concrete http://169.237.179.13/cte/ 1 test per concrete mix design. Areas requiring this test are: deck Tech Spec 90-1.01D(3) Concrete Shrinkage Authorized Lab Shrinkage SSW AASHTO T 160 See comments column Certified Test Report slab, floor beams, edge girders, arch rib floor beams.

Hot Mix Asphalt Obtain one sample for every five cores QAP Appendix D Specific Gravity of Compacted Bituminous Mixture On-Site Gravity Standards Division ASTM D2726 Standards Division Field Technician taken. Take one 4 In. x 8 In. core for every 500 ft QAP Appendix D Field Density of Street Samples On-Site Density Standards Division ASTM D1188 Standards Division Field Technician of paved roadway. Density and Relative Obtain one 30 lbs. sample for each day of QAP Appendix D Laboratory Density and Relative Compaction Standards Division Standards Division ASTM D1188 Certified Test Report Compaction production Obtain one 30 lbs. sample for every 1,000 QAP Appendix D Resistance to Plastic Flow On-Site Resistance Standards Division ASTM D1559 tons of asphalt concrete Obtain one 30 lbs. sample for every 1,000 QAP Appendix D Screen Analysis of Aggregate On-Site Screen Analysis Standards Division ASTM D2172 tons of asphalt concrete 33 Appendix D Testing and Inspection Plan Revision 10.5.15 Page 1 of 2 SSWJV Testing and Inspection Matrix Printed: 10/19/2015

Specification Inspection/Test Specification Description Inspection/Test Type Responsible Party Test Method/Standard Frequency Documentation PDF Ref. Comments Section Location

Obtain one sample for every 1,000 tons of QAP Appendix D Field Density of In-Place Asphalt Concrete On-Site Density Standards Division ASTM D2950 Field Test Report asphalt concrete

Reinforcing Steel Caltrans 52-6.03C(4) Reinforcing Steel - Hoops Authorized Lab Tensile SSW CT 670 4 samples per lot Certified Test Report Caltrans 52-6.01D(4)(d)(i) Reinforcing Steel - Couplers Authorized Lab Tensile SSW CT 670 4 samples per lot Certified Test Report Caltrans 52-5.01D(3) Reinforcing Steel - Headed Bars Authorized Lab Tensile SSW CT 670 4 samples per lot Certified Test Report

Friction Pendulum Bearings Tech Spec 51-3.04J Bearing Proof Testing Fabricator Proof Testing Earth Protection Services See Specification Each bearing Certified Test Report

CIDH Piles Caltrans 49-3.02 Gamma Gamma Logging On-Site Gamma Gamma SSW CT 233 Each Pile Certified Test Report Caltrans 49-3.02 Crosshole Sonic Logging On-Site Crosshole Sonic SSW ASTM D6760 Each Pile Certified Test Report N/A N/A Osterburg Load Test On-Site Load Test SSW N/A Once Certified Test Report

Soils Standards Division Field Technician to perform field densities by QAP Appendix D Field Density On-Site Density Standards Division ASTM D2922 Once per 8 In. lift and 2500 sq. ft. Field Test Report nuclear method.

Bridge Deck Profilograph Caltrans 51-1.01D(4)(a) Profilograph Test On-Site Profile SSW CT 547 Once per Project and as needed Test Report SOURCE INSPECTION / MATERIAL SAMPLING Sampling Caltrans 52-6.03C(4) Reinforcing Steel - Hoops Fabricator Sampling Standards Division N/A 4 samples per lot N/A Caltrans 52-6.01D(4)(d)(i) Reinforcing Steel - Couplers On-Site Sampling Standards Division N/A 4 Samples per lot N/A Caltrans 52-5.01D(3) Reinforcing Steel - Headed Bars Fabricator Sampling Standards Division N/A 4 samples per lot N/A SIQMP Appendix K4 Fasteners Fabricator Sampling Standards Division N/A Varies SIQMP N/A SIQMP Appendix G Cable Support Hanger Strands Fabricator Sampling Standards Division ASTM A568 1 per reel or pack and heat N/A SIQMP Appendix G Prestressing Strand Fabricator Sampling Standards Division ASTM A416 1 per reel or pack N/A SIQMP Appendix G Bearing Plates / Anchor Heads Fabricator Sampling Standards Division ASTM A536 1 per heat N/A SIQMP Appendix G Type A Joint Seal Fabricator Sampling Standards Division ASTM D2628 1 per lot N/A

Source Inspection SIQMP Appendix K5 Structural Steel Fabricator Source Standards Division N/A N/A N/A SIQMP Appendix G Cable Support System Fabricator Source Standards Division N/A Welding N/A SIQMP Appendix G Friction Pendulum Bearings - Painting Fabricator Source Standards Division N/A N/A N/A SIQMP Appendix G Seismic Joint Fabricator Source Standards Division AWS D1.5 In Process N/A Batch Plant Inspection Report SIQMP 2.2.1 Concrete Batch Plant Source Standards Division N/A Every concrete placement #1101 Batch Plant Inspection Report SIQMP 2.2.1 Asphalt Concrete Batch Plant Source Standards Division N/A Every AC placement #1101 SIQMP 2.2.1 Bearing Pads Fabricator Source Standards Division N/A Fabrication Yellow Tag SIQMP 2.2.1 Bolting Fabricator Source Standards Division N/A Assembly Yellow Tag SIQMP 2.2.1 Catch Basin Hardware Fabricator Source Standards Division N/A Fabrication Yellow Tag SIQMP 2.2.1 Chain Link Fabric Fabricator Source Standards Division N/A Fabrication Yellow Tag SIQMP 2.2.1 Coatings Fabricator Source Standards Division N/A Coating N/A SIQMP 2.2.1 Precast Concrete Fabricator Source Standards Division N/A Fabrication Stamped "LA City Approved" SIQMP 2.2.1 Concrete Vaults Fabricator Source Standards Division N/A Fabrication Stamped "LA City Approved" SIQMP 2.2.1 Metal Doors Fabricator Source Standards Division N/A Fabrication Yellow Tag SIQMP 2.2.1 Gratings Fabricator Source Standards Division N/A Fabrication Yellow Tag SIQMP 2.2.1 Manhole Frames/Covers Fabricator Source Standards Division N/A Fabrication Stamped "LA" on Cover/Frame SIQMP 2.2.1 Manhole Shafts/Grade Rings Fabricator Source Standards Division N/A Fabrication Stamped "LA" or Yellow Tag SIQMP 2.2.1 Misc. Metal Fabrication Fabricator Source Standards Division N/A Fabrication Yellow Tag SIQMP 2.2.1 Railings Fabricator Source Standards Division N/A Fabrication Yellow Tag LA City Approved stamp w/ 3 digit SIQMP 2.2.1 Pipe - RCP Fabricator Source Standards Division N/A Fabrication number if approved, 5 digit number if not approved SIQMP 2.2.1 Pipe - Steel Fabricator Source Standards Division N/A Fabrication Yellow Tag Stamped "LA City Approved" on SIQMP 2.2.1 Pullbox - Street Light and Traffic Signal Fabricator Source Standards Division N/A Fabrication inside of box SIQMP 2.2.1 Steel - Structural Fabricator Source Standards Division N/A Fabrication Yellow Tag SIQMP 2.2.1 Steel - Door Fabricator Source Standards Division N/A Fabrication Yellow Tag SIQMP 2.2.1 Steel - Supports Fabricator Source Standards Division N/A Fabrication Yellow Tag Stamped "LA City Approved" at the SIQMP 2.2.1 Street Light Standards Fabricator Source Standards Division N/A Fabrication bottom of base SIQMP 2.2.1 Welding Fabricator Source Standards Division N/A Fabrication Yellow Tag

33 Appendix D Testing and Inspection Plan Revision 10.5.15 Page 2 of 2 Appendix E

THREE PHASE INSPECTION IMPLEMENTATION

Each of the following DFOWs, or any additional that are required, will be expanded upon during the Construction Work Plan process.

SSWJV QC, when called out in the Three Phase Inspection Implementation, will be a person with sufficient experience in the work being performed and/or inspected. When applicable, he or she will have the proper Certifications required. The selected individual performing the SSWJV QC function will have their experience and qualifications submitted to BOE and BCA for approval prior the work beginning.

3.7.1 Structural Concrete

Preparatory Phase

1. Submittals a. Shop Drawings b. Materials 2. Construction Work Plan a. A Construction Work Plan will be developed in accordance with section 3.2.2 of the Contractors Quality Control Plan and QCP-114. b. The completed Construction Work Plan will be given to BCA prior to the Preparatory Meeting for review. The Construction Work Plan shall be available to BCA to provide ample time for review. 3. Preparatory Meeting a. A Preparatory Meeting will be held prior to work start in accordance with QCP-103 Inspection and Testing. b. Attendees will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Superintendent in charge of work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. During the meeting the Construction Work Plan will be discussed and any additional comments will be implemented into the plan. A revised version of the Construction Work Plan will be sent to all attendees.

Initial Phase

1. Initial Phase Inspection a. The Initial Phase Inspection shall be conducted at the work location as soon as a representative segment of the work is accomplished. The Initial Phase Inspection will be scheduled by the QCL. b. Initial Phase Inspections will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Superintendent and Foreman in charge of work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. Appendix E

c. The Initial Phase Inspection meeting will be documented on the Initial Phase Inspection Form (QCF-04) and attached to the daily inspection report. d. The Initial Phase shall be repeated for each new crew to work onsite, or at any time established level of workmanship is not being met.

Follow-Up Phase

1. Daily Inspections a. Daily inspections of in-process work will be performed by SSWJV QC to ensure the requirements of the work Contract are satisfied. b. Daily inspections will be documented on the Daily Inspection Report. 2. Inspection Hold Points a. In addition to the Daily Inspections the following hold point inspections will be conducted. The hold point inspections will be expanded upon in the Construction Work Plan when completed. b. Verify Survey Layout i. Prior to setting of forms the survey layout will be verified in accordance with Section 3.7.14. c. Soil Compaction i. Prior to placing of formwork the base course will be tested for compaction and accepted in accordance with the Earthwork procedure in Section 3.7.3. d. Initial Pre-Placement Inspection i. An initial pre-placement inspection will be scheduled to view the formwork, reinforcing steel, embeds, pipe penetrations, etc., prior to closing the formwork. ii. Prior to notification to BCA of the Initial Pre-Placement Inspection the Craft Foreman will sign off on the inspection checklist that their respective work is: 1. Installed according to Contract Plans and Specifications, 2. Complete and ready for inspection. iii. The initial pre-pour inspection shall be attended by the following: 1. Craft Superintendent/Foreman with installed work, 2. BCA Inspector, 3. SSWJV QC iv. During the Initial Inspection the following, at a minimum, will be verified to be in compliance with the plans and specifications: 1. Rebar clearance, 2. Rebar ties, 3. Form alignment, 4. Form dimensions, 5. Embed locations, 6. Pipe penetration locations, 7. Blockouts, 8. Electrical conduit, Appendix E

9. Etc. v. After the inspection is completed, the Initial Pre-Pour Inspection portion of the Structural Concrete Inspection Sheet will be signed off by the SSWJV QC and BCA Inspector. vi. Work may progress. e. Final Pre-Pour Inspection i. A Final Pre-Pour Inspection will be scheduled to view the formwork, reinforcing steel, embeds, pipe penetrations, etc., after closing of formwork. ii. The Final Pre-Pour Inspection shall be attended by the following: 1. Craft Superintendent/Foreman with installed work, 2. BCA Inspector, 3. SSWJV QC iii. During the Final Pre-Pour Inspection the following, at a minimum, will be verified to be in compliance with the plans and specifications: 1. Rebar clearance, 2. Rebar ties, 3. Form alignment, 4. Form dimensions, 5. Embed locations, 6. Electrical Conduit. iv. After the inspection is completed, the Final Pre-Pour Inspection portion of the Inspection Sheet will be signed off by the SSWJV QC and BCA Inspector. v. Formwork is approved for concrete placement. 3. Concrete Placement a. Concrete placements will have a crewmember dedicated to pour watch. The worker will continuously monitor during the placement for the following: i. Extensive formwork settling, ii. Bulging in formwork, iii. Shifting of embeds and rebar, iv. Etc. 4. Sampling and Testing

See Section 2.2.3 for sampling and testing information.

3.7.2 Minor Concrete

Preparatory Phase

1. Submittals a. Shop Drawings b. Materials Appendix E

2. Construction Work Plan a. A Construction Work Plan will be developed in accordance with section 3.2.2 of the Contractors Quality Control Plan. b. The completed Construction Work Plan shall be given to BCA prior to the Preparatory Meeting for review. The Construction Work Plan shall be available to BCA to provide ample time for review. 3. Preparatory Meeting a. A Preparatory Meeting will be held prior to work start in accordance with QCP-103 Inspection and Testing. b. Attendees will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Superintendent in charge of work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. During the meeting the Construction Work Plan will be discussed and any additional comments will be implemented into the plan. A revised version of the Construction Work Plan will be sent to all attendees.

Initial Phase

4. Initial Phase Inspection a. The Initial Phase Inspection shall be conducted at the work location as soon as a representative segment of the work is accomplished. The Initial Phase Inspection will be scheduled by the QCL. b. Initial Phase Inspections will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Superintendent and Foreman in charge of work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. The Initial Phase Inspection meeting will be documented on the Initial Phase Inspection Form (QCF-04) and attached to the daily inspection report. d. The Initial Phase shall be repeated for each new crew to work onsite, or at any time established level of workmanship is not being met.

Follow-Up Phase

5. Daily Inspections a. Daily inspections of in-process work will be performed by SSWJV QC to ensure the requirements of the work Contract are satisfied. b. Daily inspections will be documented on the Daily Inspection Report. 6. Inspection Hold Points a. In addition to the Daily Inspections the following hold point inspections will be conducted. The hold point inspections will be expanded upon in the Construction Work Plan when completed. b. Verify Survey Layout i. Prior to setting of forms the survey layout will be verified in accordance with Section 3.7.14. c. Soil Compaction Appendix E

i. Prior to placing of formwork the base course will be tested for compaction and accepted in accordance with the Earthwork procedure in Section 3.7.3. d. Pre-Placement Inspection i. A pre-placement inspection will be scheduled to view the formwork, reinforcing steel, embeds, pipe penetrations, etc., prior to concrete placement. e. The Pre-Placement Inspection shall be attended by the following: i. Craft Superintendent/Foreman with installed work, ii. BCA Inspector, iii. SSWJV QC f. During the Pre-Placement Inspection the following, at a minimum, will be verified to be in compliance with the plans and specifications: i. Form alignment, ii. Dimensions, iii. Embeds, iv. Penetrations, v. Etc. g. After the Pre-Placement Inspection is completed, the Minor Concrete Inspection Sheet will be signed off by the SSWJV QC and BCA Inspector. h. Work is approved for concrete placement. 7. Concrete Placements a. During concrete placements the Foreman will monitor continuously for the following: i. Bulging of formwork, ii. Shifting of embeds and rebar, iii. Etc. 8. Sampling and Testing

See Section 2.2.3 for sampling and testing information.

3.7.3 Earthwork (Excavation, Grading and Backfilling)

Preparatory Phase

1. Submittals a. Materials 2. Construction Work Plan a. A Construction Work Plan will be developed in accordance with section 3.2.2 of the Contractors Quality Control Plan. b. The completed Construction Work Plan shall be given to BCA prior to the Preparatory Meeting for review. The Construction Work Plan shall be available to BCA to provide ample time for review. 3. Preparatory Meeting Appendix E

a. A Preparatory Meeting will be held prior to work start in accordance with QCP-103 Inspection and Testing. b. Attendees will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Superintendent in charge of work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. During the meeting the Construction Work Plan will be discussed and any additional comments will be implemented into the plan. A revised version of the Construction Work Plan will be sent to all attendees.

Initial Phase

4. Initial Phase Inspection a. The Initial Phase Inspection shall be conducted at the work location as soon as a representative segment of the work is accomplished. The Initial Phase Inspection will be scheduled by the QCL. b. Initial Phase Inspections will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Superintendent and Foreman in charge of work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. The Initial Phase Inspection meeting will be documented on the Initial Phase Inspection Form (QCF-04) and attached to the daily inspection report. d. The Initial Phase shall be repeated for each new crew to work onsite, or at any time established level of workmanship is not being met.

Follow-Up Phase

5. Daily Inspections a. Daily inspections of in-process work will be performed by SSWJV QC to ensure the requirements of the work Contract are satisfied. b. Daily inspections will be documented on the Daily Inspection Report. 6. Excavation a. Verification of USA utility markings and active ticket number will occur prior to excavation. b. Verify Survey Layout i. Prior to excavation the survey layout will be verified in accordance with Section 3.7.14. 7. Grading a. Elevation i. The grade elevation will be checked by the Foreman prior to placement of succeeding work activities (formwork, rebar, pipe placement, etc.) and signed off, on the appropriate inspection checklist, that the grade elevation is correct and conforms to the Contract Plans and Specifications. b. Subgrade Compaction i. Prior to placement of Base, the native soil will be tested for compaction by the Soils Technician. See Section 2.3 for further sampling and testing information. Appendix E

ii. Compaction tests meeting or exceeding the Contract requirements will be accepted by the BCA Inspector. iii. Upon BCA acceptance of Subgrade compaction the work may progress. c. Base Compaction i. The Base will be tested for compaction by the Soils Technician. See Section 2.3 for further sampling and testing information. ii. Compaction tests meeting or exceeding the Contract requirements will be accepted by the BCA Inspector. iii. Upon BCA acceptance of Base compaction the work may progress. 8. Backfilling a. Backfill will be placed and compacted in 8” maximum lifts. Each lift will be tested per Section 2.3. b. During placement of backfill material a hub or stake will be placed with grade marks for Inspector verification of lifts. c. The Foreman is in charge of ensuring proper lift depth during the operation.

3.7.4 Asphalt Paving

Preparatory Phase

1. Submittals a. Materials 2. Construction Work Plan a. A Construction Work Plan will be developed in accordance with section 3.2.2 of the Contractors Quality Control Plan. b. The completed Construction Work Plan shall be given to BCA prior to the Preparatory Meeting for review. The Construction Work Plan shall be available to BCA to provide ample time for review. 3. Preparatory Meeting a. A Preparatory Meeting will be held prior to work start in accordance with QCP-103 Inspection and Testing. b. Attendees will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Superintendent in charge of work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. During the meeting the Construction Work Plan will be discussed and any additional comments will be implemented into the plan. A revised version of the Construction Work Plan will be sent to all attendees.

Initial Phase

4. Initial Phase Inspection Appendix E

a. The Initial Phase Inspection shall be conducted at the work location as soon as a representative segment of the work is accomplished. The Initial Phase Inspection will be scheduled by the QCL. b. Initial Phase Inspections will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Superintendent and Foreman in charge of work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. The Initial Phase Inspection meeting will be documented on the Initial Phase Inspection Form (QCF-04) and attached to the daily inspection report. d. The Initial Phase shall be repeated for each new crew to work onsite, or at any time established level of workmanship is not being met.

Follow-Up Phase

5. Daily Inspections a. Daily inspections of in-process work will be performed by SSWJV QC to ensure the requirements of the work Contract are satisfied. b. Daily inspections will be documented on the Daily Inspection Report. 6. Inspection Hold Points a. Verify Survey Layout i. The survey layout will be verified in accordance with Section 3.7.14. b. Soil Compaction i. Prior to paving the base course will be tested for compaction and accepted in accordance with the 3.7.3. c. The pre-placement inspection shall be attended by the following: i. Superintendent/Foreman, ii. BCA Inspector, iii. SSWJV QC d. During the inspection the following, at a minimum, will be verified to be in compliance with the plans and specifications: i. Manholes and other related structures are complete and to grade, ii. Base course has been tested and accepted, iii. Material delivered is per approved submittals, iv. Tact coat applied to adjacent concrete or asphalt, v. Roadway thickness is correct, vi. Etc. e. After the inspection is completed, the Street Paving Inspection Checklist will be signed off by the SSWJV QC and BCA Inspector. f. Work is approved for asphalt paving. 7. Asphalt Placement a. Asphalt sampling in the field will be performed by an SSW Field Technician in accordance with Section 2.4. Appendix E

b. Asphalt sampling for laboratory testing will be performed by a Standards Division Technician in accordance with Section 2.4. c. During the placement of Asphalt the following will be checked to ensure conformance to Specifications: i. Asphalt Temperature 270oF-320oF ii. Atmospheric temperature over 50oF iii. Smoothness check with 10’-0” straightedge

3.7.5 Welding

Preparatory Phase

1. Submittals a. Welding Quality Control Plan b. Welder Certifications c. Welding Procedures d. Welding QCM Qualifications 2. Construction Work Plan a. A Construction Work Plan will be developed in accordance with section 3.2.2 of the Contractors Quality Control Plan. b. The completed Construction Work Plan shall be given to BCA prior to the Preparatory Meeting for review. The Construction Work Plan shall be available to BCA to provide ample time for review. 3. Preparatory Meeting a. A Preparatory Meeting will be held prior to work start in accordance with QCP-103 Inspection and Testing. b. Attendees will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Welder performing the work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. During the meeting the Construction Work Plan will be discussed and any additional comments will be implemented into the plan. A revised version of the Construction Work Plan will be sent to all attendees.

Initial Phase

4. Initial Phase Inspection a. The Initial Phase Inspection shall be conducted at the work location as soon as a representative segment of the work is accomplished. The Initial Phase Inspection will be scheduled by the QCL. b. Initial Phase Inspections will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Welder performing the work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. Appendix E

c. The Initial Phase Inspection meeting will be documented on the Initial Phase Inspection Form (QCF-04) and attached to the daily inspection report. d. The Initial Phase shall be repeated for each new welder to work onsite, or at any time established level of workmanship is not being met.

Follow-Up Phase

5. Daily Inspections a. Daily inspections of in-process work will be performed by SSWJV QC to ensure the requirements of the work Contract are satisfied. b. Daily inspections will be documented on the Daily Inspection Report. 6. Inspections a. Inspection of welding operations will be documented daily on the Weld Inspection Checklist and include the following verifications: i. Base material type, or group, is in accordance with the approved Welding Procedure Specification with no surface defects or warping, ii. Joint configuration is in accordance with the approved Welding Procedure Specification and within specified fit-up tolerances, iii. Base materials to be welded are clean and dry, iv. Tack welding is performed by the approved welder, v. Correct welding position and technique are used, vi. Correct preheat and interpass temperature maintained per WPS/Codes, vii. Welds are cleaned between passes and when weld is complete. viii. A Final Inspection will be completed prior to placing welded materials into service.

3.7.6 Post Tensioning

Preparatory Phase

1. Submittals a. Shop Drawings b. Materials 2. Construction Work Plan a. A Construction Work Plan will be developed in accordance with section 3.2.2 of the Contractors Quality Control Plan. b. The completed Construction Work Plan shall be given to BCA prior to the Preparatory Meeting for review. The Construction Work Plan shall be available to BCA to provide ample time for review. 3. Preparatory Meeting Appendix E

a. A Preparatory Meeting will be held prior to work start in accordance with QCP-103 Inspection and Testing. b. Attendees will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Superintendent in charge of work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. During the meeting the Construction Work Plan will be discussed and any additional comments will be implemented into the plan. A revised version of the Construction Work Plan will be sent to all attendees.

Initial Phase

4. Initial Phase Inspection a. The Initial Phase Inspection shall be conducted at the work location as soon as a representative segment of the work is accomplished. The Initial Phase Inspection will be scheduled by the QCL. b. Initial Phase Inspections will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Superintendent and Foreman in charge of work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. The Initial Phase Inspection meeting will be documented on the Initial Phase Inspection Form (QCF-04) and attached to the daily inspection report. d. The Initial Phase shall be repeated for each new crew to work onsite, or at any time established level of workmanship is not being met.

Follow-Up Phase

5. Daily Inspections a. Daily inspections of in-process work will be performed by SSWJV QC to ensure the requirements of the work Contract are satisfied. b. Daily inspections will be documented on the Daily Inspection Report. 6. Delivery Inspection a. Material Delivery i. Immediately upon delivery of material to the site the following will be check and documented on the Material Receiving Report by SSWJV QC and BCA Inspector: 1. Condition of packs. 2. Scan material to see that is what contract and working drawings call for by number, size, length, etc. 3. Determine if required rust inhibitor agent has been applied to prestressing steel – check for rust. 4. Check condition of ducts thoroughly. 5. Check storage site for adequate protection of materials. 7. Inspection Checks a. The following inspection checks will be performed by SSWJV QC. The SSWJV QC performing the inspections with the BCA Inspector shall be qualified for the inspection Appendix E

performed. All inspection checks shall be documented on the Post Tensioning Inspection Checklist. b. Bearing Plates and Trumpets i. Block-outs are formed to correct slope/batter. ii. Ensure anchor plates are the correct size. iii. Trumpets are properly secured to the bearing plates. c. Placement of Rigid Ducts i. Plates are fastened to the forms at the proper angle, grout tight, and secured. ii. Girder contains the proper number of ducts and the ducts are the correct size called for on the working drawings. iii. Ties are placed to eliminate the ducts from floating during concrete placement. iv. Final profile of rigid duct is correct. v. Proper installation of intermediate grout vents. vi. Bullet passed through ducts with no obstructions. vii. Damaged ducts were repaired. viii. Tendon openings are sealed to eliminate water and debris entering the duct. d. During Pour i. During the pour a crewmember will be assigned to pour watch. The worker will be dedicated to this duty for the duration of the placement. e. After Pour i. The ducts will be checked for obstructions and water. The results will be documented on the Post Tensioning Checklist. f. During Deck Pour i. See that vent pipes are not damaged during pour. ii. Ensure sufficient concrete test cylinders are taken. iii. Ensure vent locations are marked. g. Fabrication and Placement of Tendons i. Immediately prior to placement of strands the ducts will be checked and verified to be free of water and debris by the SSWJV QC and BCA Inspector. The results will be documented on the Post Tensioning Checklist. ii. Additionally, prior to placement the strands will be checked for rust. h. During the Stressing Operation i. Strands will be marked on both ends to check for slippage. ii. The elongation measurements will be documented by the Post Tensioning Foreman.

3.7.7 Cast-In-Drilled-Hole (CIDH)

Preparatory Phase

1. Submittals Appendix E

a. Shop Drawings b. Materials 2. Construction Work Plan a. A Construction Work Plan will be developed in accordance with section 3.2.2 of the Contractors Quality Control Plan. b. The completed Construction Work Plan shall be given to BCA prior to the Preparatory Meeting for review. The Construction Work Plan shall be available to BCA to provide ample time for review. 3. Preparatory Meeting a. A Preparatory Meeting will be held prior to work start in accordance with QCP-103 Inspection and Testing. b. Attendees will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Superintendent in charge of work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. During the meeting the Construction Work Plan will be discussed and any additional comments will be implemented into the plan. A revised version of the Construction Work Plan will be sent to all attendees.

Initial Phase

4. Initial Phase Inspection a. The Initial Phase Inspection shall be conducted at the work location as soon as a representative segment of the work is accomplished. The Initial Phase Inspection will be scheduled by the QCL. b. Initial Phase Inspections will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Superintendent and Foreman in charge of work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. The Initial Phase Inspection meeting will be documented on the Initial Phase Inspection Form (QCF-04) and attached to the daily inspection report. d. The Initial Phase shall be repeated for each new crew to work onsite, or at any time established level of workmanship is not being met.

Follow-Up Phase

5. Daily Inspections a. Daily inspections of in-process work will be performed by SSWJV QC to ensure the requirements of the work Contract are satisfied. b. Daily inspections will be documented on the Daily Inspection Report. 6. Inspection Hold Points a. Verify Survey Layout i. Prior to drilling of holes the survey layout will be verified in accordance with Section 3.7.14. b. Drilling Operation i. During the drilling the operation the Foreman or Superintendent in charge of Appendix E

the work will verify that the piles are drilled plumb. ii. A Soil Log will be kept for each pile and cross referenced with the Test Boring Log to compare materials. When differing conditions are encountered the Engineer will be notified. c. Pile Installation i. After the pile has been drilled the following shall be verified and documented on the Cast-In-Drilled Hole Pile Checklist prior to reinforcing cage installation: 1. Depth of pile. 2. Diameter of pile. 3. Straightness of pile. 4. No loose material at base of hole. ii. Prior to placement of the cage, the gamma-gamma logging testing pipes will be checked for proper installation. iii. Clearances will be checked immediately after reinforcing cage installation. d. Pre-Placement i. Prior to concrete placement the bottom of the hole will be checked for loose material or water. e. Concrete Placement i. During the concrete placement the concrete will be sampled and tested in accordance with Sections 2.2.1 and 2.2.3. ii. During the placement of concrete the reinforcing cage will be monitored for displacement or shifting.

3.7.8 Seismic Joint

Preparatory Phase

1. Submittals a. Shop Drawings b. Materials c. Welder Certifications d. Welding Quality Control Plan e. Welding Procedures f. Welding QCM Qualifications 2. Construction Work Plan a. A Construction Work Plan will be developed in accordance with section 3.2.2 of the Contractors Quality Control Plan. b. The completed Construction Work Plan shall be given to BCA prior to the Preparatory Meeting for review. The Construction Work Plan shall be available to BCA to provide ample time for review. 3. Preparatory Meeting Appendix E

a. A Preparatory Meeting will be held prior to work start in accordance with QCP-103 Inspection and Testing. b. Attendees will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Superintendent in charge of work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. During the meeting the Construction Work Plan will be discussed and any additional comments will be implemented into the plan. A revised version of the Construction Work Plan will be sent to all attendees.

Initial Phase

4. Initial Phase Inspection a. The Initial Phase Inspection shall be conducted at the work location as soon as a representative segment of the work is accomplished. The Initial Phase Inspection will be scheduled by the QCL. b. Initial Phase Inspections will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Superintendent and Foreman in charge of work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. The Initial Phase Inspection meeting will be documented on the Initial Phase Inspection Form (QCF-04) and attached to the daily inspection report. d. The Initial Phase shall be repeated for each new crew to work onsite, or at any time established level of workmanship is not being met.

Follow-Up Phase

5. Daily Inspections a. Daily inspections of in-process work will be performed by SSWJV QC to ensure the requirements of the work Contract are satisfied. b. Daily inspections will be documented on the Daily Inspection Report. 6. Material Delivery a. The seismic joint segments will be inspected for defects or damage upon delivery to the site. b. The inspection will be documented on the Material Receiving Report and signed by the SSWJ QC and the BCA Inspector. 7. Inspection Hold Points a. Verify Survey Layout i. Prior to installation of seismic joint sections the survey layout will be verified in accordance with Section 3.7.14. b. Pre-Weld Inspection i. Prior to welding of the seismic joints an inspection will be scheduled to check, at a minimum, the following: 1. Elevation, 2. Location, 3. Straightness of installed segments, Appendix E

4. Fit up, 5. Etc. ii. The Pre-Weld Inspection will be attended by the following: 1. Superintendent/Foreman 2. Welder 3. SSWJV QC 4. BCA Inspector iii. Once the inspection is complete and acceptable the Pre-Weld Inspection Checklist will be signed off by the SSWJV QC and BCA Inspector. iv. The seismic joint sections are approved for welding. c. Welding Inspection

See Section 3.7.5 for weld inspection process.

3.7.9 Friction Pendulum Bearings

Preparatory Phase

1. Submittals a. Shop Drawings b. Materials 2. Construction Work Plan a. A Construction Work Plan will be developed in accordance with section 3.2.2 of the Contractors Quality Control Plan. b. The completed Construction Work Plan shall be given to BCA prior to the Preparatory Meeting for review. The Construction Work Plan shall be available to BCA to provide ample time for review. 3. Preparatory Meeting a. A Preparatory Meeting will be held prior to work start in accordance with QCP-103 Inspection and Testing. b. Attendees will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Superintendent in charge of work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. During the meeting the Construction Work Plan will be discussed and any additional comments will be implemented into the plan. A revised version of the Construction Work Plan will be sent to all attendees.

Initial Phase

4. Initial Phase Inspection a. The Initial Phase Inspection shall be conducted at the work location as soon as a representative segment of the work is accomplished. The Initial Phase Inspection will be scheduled by the QCL. Appendix E

b. Initial Phase Inspections will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Superintendent and Foreman in charge of work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. The Initial Phase Inspection meeting will be documented on the Initial Phase Inspection Form (QCF-04) and attached to the daily inspection report. d. The Initial Phase shall be repeated for each new crew to work onsite, or at any time established level of workmanship is not being met.

Follow-Up Phase

5. Daily Inspections a. Daily inspections of in-process work will be performed by SSWJV QC to ensure the requirements of the work Contract are satisfied. b. Daily inspections will be documented on the Daily Inspection Report. 6. Material Delivery a. The friction pendulum bearings will be inspected for defects or damage upon delivery to the job-site. b. The inspection will be documented on the Material Receiving Report and signed by the SSWJV QC and BCA Inspector. 7. Inspection Checks a. Verify Survey Layout i. Prior to installation of the friction pendulum bearings, or subcomponents, the survey layout will be verified in accordance with Section 3.7.14. b. Bearing Installation i. During the installation of the bearings the Foreman will verify, at a minimum, the following: 1. Elevation, 2. Location, 3. Bearing plate is level, 4. Bolts torqued to correct ft. lbs., 5. Etc. c. Torque Inspection i. Bolts torque will be verified by the SSWJV QC and BCA Inspector. Each bolt torque value will be documented on the Torque Inspection Checklist by the SSWJV QC. The BCA Inspector and SSWJV QC will, upon verification of torque values, sign the Torque Inspection Checklist. d. Further Checks i. Further Hold Points and checks will be listed in the Construction Work Plan.

Appendix E

3.7.10 Cable Support System

Preparatory Phase

1. Submittals a. Shop Drawings b. Materials 2. Construction Work Plan a. A Construction Work Plan will be developed in accordance with section 3.2.2 of the Contractors Quality Control Plan. b. The completed Construction Work Plan shall be given to BCA prior to the Preparatory Meeting for review. The Construction Work Plan shall be available to BCA to provide ample time for review. 3. Preparatory Meeting a. A Preparatory Meeting will be held prior to work start in accordance with QCP-103 Inspection and Testing. b. Attendees will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Superintendent in charge of work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. During the meeting the Construction Work Plan will be discussed and any additional comments will be implemented into the plan. A revised version of the Construction Work Plan will be sent to all attendees.

Initial Phase

4. Initial Phase Inspection a. The Initial Phase Inspection shall be conducted at the work location as soon as a representative segment of the work is accomplished. The Initial Phase Inspection will be scheduled by the QCL. b. Initial Phase Inspections will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Superintendent and Foreman in charge of work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. The Initial Phase Inspection meeting will be documented on the Initial Phase Inspection Form (QCF-04) and attached to the daily inspection report. d. The Initial Phase shall be repeated for each new crew to work onsite, or at any time established level of workmanship is not being met.

Follow-Up Phase

5. Daily Inspections a. Daily inspections of in-process work will be performed by SSWJV QC to ensure the requirements of the work Contract are satisfied. b. Daily inspections will be documented on the Daily Inspection Report. 6. Material Delivery Appendix E

a. The cable support system components will be inspected for defects or damage upon delivery to the job-site. b. The inspection will be documented on the Material Receiving Report and signed by the SSWJV QC and BCA Inspector. 7. Inspection Checks a. Verify Survey Layout i. Prior to setting of embeds and anchors the survey layout will be verified in accordance with Section 3.7.14. b. Pre-Placement Inspection i. Prior to placement of concrete the following, at a minimum, will be checked: 1. Embed elevation, 2. Embed location, 3. Embed orientation, 4. Etc. ii. The Pre-Placement Inspection will be attended by the following: 1. Superintendent/Foreman, 2. SSWJV QC, 3. BCA Inspector iii. The Pre-Placement Inspection Checklist will be signed by the SSWJV QC and BCA Inspector prior to concrete placement. c. Concrete Placement i. Concrete placements will have a crewmember dedicated to pour watch. The worker will continuously monitor during the placement for the following: 1. Extensive formwork settling, 2. Bulging in formwork, 3. Shifting of embeds and rebar, 4. Etc.

3.7.11 Demolition

Preparatory Phase

1. Construction Work Plan a. A Construction Work Plan will be developed in accordance with section 3.2.2 of the Contractors Quality Control Plan. b. The completed Construction Work Plan shall be given to BCA prior to the Preparatory Meeting for review. The Construction Work Plan shall be available to BCA to provide ample time for review. 2. Preparatory Meeting a. A Preparatory Meeting will be held prior to work start in accordance with QCP-103 Inspection and Testing. Appendix E

b. Attendees will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Superintendent in charge of work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. During the meeting the Construction Work Plan will be discussed and any additional comments will be implemented into the plan. A revised version of the Construction Work Plan will be sent to all attendees.

Initial Phase

1. Initial Phase Inspection a. The Initial Phase Inspection shall be conducted at the work location as soon as a representative segment of the work is accomplished. The Initial Phase Inspection will be scheduled by the QCL. b. Initial Phase Inspections will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Superintendent and Foreman in charge of work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. The Initial Phase Inspection meeting will be documented on the Initial Phase Inspection Form (QCF-04) and attached to the daily inspection report. d. The Initial Phase shall be repeated for each new crew to work onsite, or at any time established level of workmanship is not being met.

Follow-Up Phase

1. Daily Inspections a. Daily inspections of in-process work will be performed by SSWJV QC to ensure the requirements of the work Contract are satisfied. b. Daily inspections will be documented on the Daily Inspection Report. 2. Inspection Hold Points a. Demolition Limits b. Prior to demolition, the limits will be marked and verified by the Foreman and BCA Inspector. The Foreman and BCA Inspector will sign off that the limits are correct on the Demolition Checklist.

3.7.12 Traffic Signals / Street Lighting

Preparatory Phase

1. Submittals a. Shop Drawings b. Materials 2. Construction Work Plan a. A Construction Work Plan will be developed in accordance with section 3.2.2 of the Contractors Quality Control Plan. Appendix E

b. The completed Construction Work Plan shall be given to BCA prior to the Preparatory Meeting for review. The Construction Work Plan shall be available to BCA to provide ample time for review. 3. Preparatory Meeting a. A Preparatory Meeting will be held prior to work start in accordance with QCP-103 Inspection and Testing. b. Attendees will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Superintendent in charge of work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. During the meeting the Construction Work Plan will be discussed and any additional comments will be implemented into the plan. A revised version of the Construction Work Plan will be sent to all attendees.

Initial Phase

4. Initial Phase Inspection a. The Initial Phase Inspection shall be conducted at the work location as soon as a representative segment of the work is accomplished. The Initial Phase Inspection will be scheduled by the QCL. b. Initial Phase Inspections will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Superintendent and Foreman in charge of work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. The Initial Phase Inspection meeting will be documented on the Initial Phase Inspection Form (QCF-04) and attached to the daily inspection report. d. The Initial Phase shall be repeated for each new crew to work onsite, or at any time established level of workmanship is not being met.

Follow-Up Phase

5. Daily Inspections a. Daily inspections of in-process work will be performed by SSWJV QC to ensure the requirements of the work Contract are satisfied. b. Daily inspections will be documented on the Daily Inspection Report. 6. Material Delivery a. The street lighting and traffic signal components will be inspected for defects or damage upon delivery to the job-site. b. The inspection will be documented on the Material Receiving Report and signed by the SSWJV QC and BCA Inspector. 7. Pole Foundations a. Verify Survey Layout i. Prior to excavation for foundations the survey layout will be verified in accordance with Section 3.7.14. b. Pre-Pour Inspection Appendix E

i. A Pre-Pour Inspection will be scheduled to view the formwork, reinforcing steel, anchors, etc. ii. The Pre-Pour Inspection shall be attended by the following: 1. Craft Superintendent/Foreman with installed work, 2. BCA Inspector, 3. SSWJV QC iii. During the Pre-Pour Inspection the following, at a minimum, will be verified to be in compliance with the plans and specifications: 1. Rebar clearance, 2. Rebar ties, 3. Anchor placement, 4. Anchor elevation, 5. Electrical Conduit. iv. After the inspection is completed, the Pre-Pour Inspection portion of the Inspection Sheet will be signed off by the SSWJV QC and BCA Inspector. v. Foundation is approved for concrete placement. 8. Street Light Inspection a. The Street Light Inspection shall be attended by the following: i. Superintendent/Foreman, ii. BCA Inspector, iii. SSWJV QC b. The following will be checked prior and during the installation of street light poles by the SSWJV QC and BCA Inspector: i. Leveling nuts are installed at correct elevation, ii. Hand hole oriented correctly, iii. Luminaire arm and fixture installed correctly, iv. Etc. c. The Street Light Construction Check List will be signed off by the SSWJV QC and BCA Inspector once verified to be installed correctly. 9. Traffic Signal Inspection a. The Traffic Signal Inspection shall be attended by the following: i. Superintendent/Foreman, ii. BCA Inspector, iii. SSWJV QC b. The following will be verified during the Traffic Signal Inspection: i. Same style signal heads and correct size at intersections, ii. Buried conduit correct depth, stub-up locations at pull boxes and correct conduit size, iii. Controller cabinet inspected and tagged by Local Agency, if required, iv. Box cover at correct elevation, v. Etc. Appendix E

vi. The Traffic Signals Checklist will be signed off by the SSWJV QC and BCA Inspector once verified to be installed correctly.

3.7.13 Underground Utilities

Preparatory Phase

1. Submittals a. Materials 2. Construction Work Plan a. A Construction Work Plan will be developed in accordance with section 3.2.2 of the Contractors Quality Control Plan. b. The completed Construction Work Plan shall be given to BCA prior to the Preparatory Meeting for review. The Construction Work Plan shall be available to BCA to provide ample time for review. 3. Preparatory Meeting a. A Preparatory Meeting will be held prior to work start in accordance with QCP-103 Inspection and Testing. b. Attendees will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Superintendent in charge of work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. During the meeting the Construction Work Plan will be discussed and any additional comments will be implemented into the plan. A revised version of the Construction Work Plan will be sent to all attendees.

Initial Phase

4. Initial Phase Inspection a. The Initial Phase Inspection shall be conducted at the work location as soon as a representative segment of the work is accomplished. The Initial Phase Inspection will be scheduled by the QCL. b. Initial Phase Inspections will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Superintendent and Foreman in charge of work, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. The Initial Phase Inspection meeting will be documented on the Initial Phase Inspection Form (QCF-04) and attached to the daily inspection report. d. The Initial Phase shall be repeated for each new crew to work onsite, or at any time established level of workmanship is not being met.

Follow-Up Phase

5. Daily Inspections Appendix E

a. Daily inspections of in-process work will be performed by SSWJV QC to ensure the requirements of the work Contract are satisfied. b. Daily inspections will be documented on the Daily Inspection Report. 6. Inspection Hold Points a. Excavation i. Prior to excavating the survey layout will be verified in accordance with Section 3.7.14. ii. See Section 3.7.3 for further information regarding excavation operations. b. Soil Compaction i. Prior to installation of conduit the soil will be compacted and tested in accordance with Section 3.7.3. c. Pre-Pour Inspection i. A Pre-Pour Inspection will be scheduled by the QCL to inspect the conduit prior to slurry placement. ii. The pre-pour inspection shall be attended by the following: 1. Superintendent/Foreman with installed work, 2. BCA Inspector, 3. SSWJV QC iii. During the Pre-Pour Inspection the following will be checked, at a minimum, for compliance with the Contract Plans and Specifications: 1. Correct conduit, fittings, and spacer materials, 2. Conduit has correct bending radius, 3. Correct number of conduits, 4. Duct bank spacers at correct spacing, 5. Etc. iv. After the inspection is completed, the Underground Utilities Checklist will be signed off by the SSWJV QC and BCA Inspector. v. Slurry placement may commence.

3.7.14 Survey

Preparatory Phase

1. Submittals a. Survey Plan 2. Construction Work Plan a. A Construction Work Plan will be developed in accordance with section 3.2.2 of the Contractors Quality Control Plan and QCP-114. b. The completed Construction Work Plan will be given to BCA prior to the Preparatory Meeting for review. The Construction Work Plan shall be available to BCA to provide ample time for review. Appendix E

3. Preparatory Meeting a. A Preparatory Meeting will be held prior to work start in accordance with QCP-103 Inspection and Testing. b. Attendees will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Surveyor, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. During the meeting the Construction Work Plan will be discussed and any additional comments will be implemented into the plan. A revised version of the Construction Work Plan will be sent to all attendees.

Initial Phase

4. Initial Phase Inspection a. The Initial Phase Inspection shall be conducted at the work location as soon as a representative segment of the work is accomplished. The Initial Phase Inspection will be scheduled by the QCL. b. Initial Phase Inspections will include: Quality Control Lead, SSWJV QC, Surveyor, assigned SSWJV Field Engineer, subcontractor (if applicable), BCA and BOE. c. The Initial Phase Inspection meeting will be documented on the Initial Phase Inspection Form (QCF-04) and attached to the daily inspection report. d. The Initial Phase shall be repeated for each new survey crew to work onsite, or at any time established level of workmanship is not being met.

Follow-Up Phase

5. Daily Inspections a. Daily inspections of in-process work will be performed by SSWJV QC to ensure the requirements of the work Contract are satisfied. b. Daily inspections will be documented on the Daily Inspection Report. 6. Inspection Hold Points a. Verification of Survey i. BCA will be provided the measurements and control points necessary to determine the location and conformance to the plan, line, and grade of the improvements necessary for inspection. ii. Layout will be verified prior to work beginning on elements that require survey. 7. Additional Hold Points a. Additional Hold Points will be covered in the Construction Work Plans for each DFOW.

Appendix F Michael A. Seale Sixth Street Viaduct Replacement Project Quality Control Lead

PROJECT EXPERIENCE

Stanek Constructors, Inc. Apr ’14 – Jan ‘15 WRP 10 Septage Receiving Facility Palm Desert, CA Wastewater $3M Superintendent

o Provide planning and oversight of all construction activities/manage crew. o Field layout o Daily logs, safety requirements/documentation, time cards, field production reporting and environmental requirements/reports. o Develop and maintain look ahead schedule. o Manage/schedule Subcontractors. o Quality Control and Assurance.

Archer Western Contractors, Inc. Jan ’12 – Nov ‘14 Pima County Water Reclamation Facility Tucson, AZ Wastewater $50.5M Field Engineer/Quality Control Manager

o Provide layout for Clarifier Mechanism, Piping, Slide Gates, Handrail, Stairs and Misc. Metals. o Train new engineers in layout techniques. o Managed a crew in the installation of the Clarifier Mechanisms and preparation of related work plans. o Submittal preparation and review. o Preparation of RFIs. o Material and pipe take-off. o Responsible for Quality Control on the project. o Complete daily inspections and prepare Quality Control Documentation which includes Rework Tracking, QC Reports to the Owner, Corrective Action Plans, Test Schedules and Test Reports. o Provide Quality Control Issue Resolutions. o Responsible for Preventative Maintenance of Equipment: Rotation of Pumps, Clarifier Mechanisms and Mixers, etc. o Assistance with Mechanical Piping and Equipment.

Walsh Construction Apr ’10 – Jan ’12 Rainbow Dam Redevelopment Project Great Falls, MT Hydro-electric $88M Field Engineer

o Provide layout for the Powerhouse, Penstock, Spillway, Tailrace, Roads and Blasting. o Preparation of RFIs. o Responsible for pour watch and filming of Spiral Case Pours. o Submittal Review. o Review and submit O&M Manuals.

Seale Page 1 of 2

Appendix F Archer Western Contractors, Inc. Oct ’06 – July ’07 Lake Hodges Pumped Storage Project June ’08 – Apr ’10 Hydro-electric $68.8M Escondido, CA Project Engineer/Warehouse Manager

o Quality Control/Assurance of materials and equipment. o Plan check and review submittals for accuracy and completeness of deliveries for each system. o Preassembly when required to verify compatibility. o Responsible person onsite on night shift for subcontractor tunneling work. o Coordinate and determine materials and equipment for each phase of construction with the field. o Generate take-offs for various types of piping materials and mechanical systems. o Pricing of change orders. o Preparation of RFIs.

EDUCATION AND TRAINING Palomar College Jan ’05 – May ’08 San Marcos, CA

Training: Construction Quality Management (USACE, NAVFAC), Superintendent training, AED, CPR/First Aid/BBP, Crane Safety Awareness, Concrete Safety, Material Handling, Fire Protection, Cost Management and Bentley 3d Modeling.

Competent Person: Confined Space, Fall Protection, Excavation and Trenching, Scaffolding.

TECHNICAL SKILLS

• Nikon Total Station and Recon Data Collector Proficient • Experience with Bentley 3d Modeling software. • Microsoft Word and Excel. • Effective Business Writing.

Seale Page 2 of 2

Appendix F Kendrick G. Glover, P.E. Sixth Street Viaduct Replacement Project Alternate Quality Control Lead

SUMMARY: ______A project engineer that provides support to the construction crews and helps to solve design, logistics and scheduling problems in order to help a project complete construction on time, under budget and safely. EDUCATION: ______California Polytechnic State University, Pomona Pomona, CA Bachelors of Science, Civil Engineering June 2009 EXPERIENCE: ______09/2009 – Present Skanska USA Civil West, Inc. Structures Field/Project Engineer • Structures Field engineer for various construction projects in the greater Los Angeles area. • Experience working within various project delivery including bid-build, design/build and CM/GC. • Perform constructability reviews during design and provide constructability comments to make designs more constructible and efficient. • Oversee construction and installation of bridge falsework including performing post height calculations, falsework inspections and adjustment calculations. • Perform field survey for bridge substructure and superstructure and retaining walls. • Keep track of working quantities and track working costs in order to improve production and reduce cost over runs. • Communicate with the project designer to facilitate constructability and cost saving changes. • Solicit subcontract bids and perform bid analyses for material procurement. • Schedule deliveries of bridge materials for multiples bridges to keep bridges on schedule. • Oversee subcontractors and provide Skanska support when necessary to complete tasks • Develop construction work plans and perform job hazard analyses of different aspect of the job to ensure that any potential hazards are mitigated when they cannot be eliminated. • Perform SWPPP inspections (weekly), maintain records and perform stormwater analyses to remain compliant with the California General Construction Permit Office Engineer • Used multiple computer programs to analyze staging and compute quantities for earthwork, concrete, AC paving and other construction materials on jobs as large as $700 million • Assisted estimators with the staging of job phases and site logistics • Produced exhibits for presentations to upper management and project owners • Trained new engineers how to use the various computer programs as well as means and methods for quantity takeoff • Performed in field surveys to quantify existing facilities that need to be removed

05/2007 – 09/2009 City of Claremont Engineering Aide • Aided in the preparation of at least three grants totaling more than $100,000 • Managed survey crews in the field • Prepared plans and managed the repair of a deteriorated storm drain system • Prepared a presentation for a major American Planning Association conference in L.A CERTIFICATIONS/TRAINING: ______Registered California Professional Civil Engineer – C80735 (exp. 03/31/2017) OSHA 30 Hour Safety Course CPR-AED/First Aid Course Rigging and Signal Person Course Confined Space Training Course California SWRCB QSD/QSP Training COMPUTER SKILLS: ______Microsoft Word, Microsoft Excel, Microsoft PowerPoint, Microsoft Outlook, AutoCAD Civil 3D, Agtek software packages.

Revised 7/31/2015